Amm 28 PDF

CHAPTER
FUEL
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 28
FUEL SYSTENIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
Fuel System
Chapter/Section/Subjeet
28-00-00
Page
Description and Operation

General..................................................................................... Fuel System Components and Locations Maintenance Practices Fuel System Checkout Procedures MicrobiologicalFuel Decontamination
Fuel Tanks 1 1
28-00-01
601 602
28-10-00
Description Fuselage Fuel Tank Integral Wing Fuel Tanks Fuel Vent System
28-10-01 Trouble Shooting. 28-10-02 Maintenance Practices Defueling Fuel Tanks 28-10-03 Handling Fuel Cells Removing Fuselage Fuel Tank Installing Fuselage Fuel Tank Replacement of Fuel Vent Nozzle and Flame Arrestor Assembly 28-10-04 Maintaining Fuselage Fuel Maintaining Integral Wing Fuel Tanks
406
801~ 802
Fuel
System Distribution
28-20-00

Fuel Control Systems.,.....:. Fuel Boost Pumps Fuel Transfer Ejectors Fuel Shutoff Valves Fuel Cross-feed Valves Fuel Heater S/N 370-1, and -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs 28-20-03 Trouble Shooting. 28-20-02 Maintenance Practices Replacement of Fuel Boost Pumps Replacement of Fuel Transfer Ejectors Obstruction Check of Fuel Transfer Ejector Nozzles Replacement of Fuel Shutoff Valves and Boost Cross-feed Valve Assembly Replacement of Tank Cross-feed Valve Removal of Fuel Heater S/N 370-1, -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs S/N 370-1, -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs Installing Fuel Heater S/N 370-1, -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs Draining Fuel Heaters 28-20-03 Fuel Boost Pump Checkout Fuel Cross-feed Valve Checkout Procedures S/N 370-1, -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs Operational Check of Fuel Heater System
401 403 403

405
407 413 413 413 601 604 610
28-CONTENTS
0
COPYRIGHT, 1989 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
Jun
Page 1 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
Pressure Refueling System
~Continued)
Page
Chapter/Section/Subject
28-21-00

General...................................................................................., Fuselage Tank Refueling Level Control Valve Wing Refueling Shutoff Valves Wing Refueling Level Control Pilot and Vent Valve Refueling Test and Control Valve Aft Fuselage Tank Main Vent and Fuel Transfer Valve Trouble Shooting. 28-21-01 Maintenance Practices 28-21-02 Replacement of Fuselage Tank Refueling Level Control Valve Replacement of Wing Refueling Shutoff Valves Replacement of Wing Refueling Level Control Pilot and Vent Valve Replacement of Refueling Test and Control Valve Replacement of Single-point Refueling Receptacle and Adapter Replacement of Pressure Refueling Line Check Valve Assembly Checkout Procedure 28-21-03 Testing Pressure Refueling System
Fuel Jettison
1 2 6 7 7
401 401 404 404

407 408 602
System
28-30-00
S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9 General., Fuel Jettison Valves Fuel Jettison Level Control Float Switches Trouble Shooting, 28-30-01 Maintenance Practices 28-30-02 Replacement of Fuel Jettison Valves Replacement of Fuel Jettison Level Control Float Switches Functional Test of Fuel Jettison System 28-30-03
Fuel
401
401
601
Indicating System
28-40-00
Description and Operation Fuel Indicating System

Fuel Cell Tank Units Fuel Quantity Indicators Fuel Pressure-sensing Switches Fuel Flow Indicators Fuel Flow Transmitters Trouble Shooting, 28-40-01 Maintenance Practices 28-40-02 Replacement of Wing Tank Units Replacement of Fuselage Tank Fuel Probe Unit Replacement of Fuel Pressure-sensing Switches Replacement of Fuel Flow Indicators S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9 Replacement of Fuel Flow Transmitters S/N 370-1 and -7, Replacement of Fuel Flow Transmitters S/N 380-1 and Subs Replacement of Fuel Quantity Indicators Adjusting Fuel Quantity Indicating System, Using TTU-68/E 28-40-03 or MD-I Tester Testing Fuel Tank Unit Capacitance and Coaxial Cable Insulation Resistance, Using MD-BA Tester Adjusting Fuel Quantity Indicating System, Using TF20-1 Tester
401 401 402 403 404
405
510
28-CONTENTS
Jun
Page:! 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
Fuel Indicating System (Contd)
(Continued)
Page
519
521
Chapter/Section/Subject
28-40-03
Testing Tank Unit Probe Capacitance, Using TF20-1 Tester Testing Probe and Insulation Resistance, Using TF20-1 Tester
CircuitPolarization Testing Fuel Level Caution System Fuel Quantity Indicating System Checkout 28-40-04 Procedure Fuel Low-pressure Warning System Checkout Procedure
5i2
523
601
28 CONTENTS
0
Page 3/4 Blank Jun 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINIENANCE: MANUAI
CHAPTER 28
FUEL SYSTEM
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Section
28-00-00
Figure No.
28-00-1
Title
Page
28-00-1A 28-00-2 28-00-2A

28-10-02 28-10-04
28-10-1
Fuel Fuel Fuel Fuel
Supply Supply Supply Supply
System S/N 310-2 Thru -6, -8 and -9 System S/N 370-1 and -7, and S/N R130-1 and Subs.......... System Electrical Schematic S/N ~70 and Sulns............ System Electrical Schematic S/N 880 Airplanes
Adapter (Typical)
3 4
5
6
:305. 806, 807
808
Fuel I)efuelinR
28-10-801 28-10-802 28-10-80:3 28-20-401 28-20-402 28-20-40:3
Wing Sealing Procedures Integral Wing Fuel Tank Fastener Torque Table Wing Leak Classification
Fuel Transfer Ejector Installation "_:",,":""""""""""" Fuel Transfer Ejector Nozzle Obstruction Check Installing Fuel Shutoff Valves and Boost Cross-feed Valve Assembly
28-20-02
404
407 411
314. 416
28-20-405 28-20-406
28-20-03 28-20-601 28-20-602
Installing Tank Cross-feed Valve Assembly Installing Fuel Heater S/N R70-1, -7, S/N ~80-1
and Subs...............
Fuel Cross-feed System Electrical Schematic -S/N :370-2 Thru -ti. -8 and -9 Fuel Cross-feed SystemElegtrical Schematic- S/N ~70-1 and -7,
605
S/N 380-1 and Subs

28-21-00
28-21-1 28-21-2
000
X
28-21-3
28-21-02
Pressure Refueling System Schematic Pressure Refueling System Component Locations Aft Fuselage Tank Main Vent and Fuel Transfer Valve
8 402 40:3
28-21-401 28-21-402 28-21-40:3 28-21-404

28-21-405
Installing Installing Installing Installing
Fuselage Tank Refueling IJevel Control Valve Wing Refueling Shutoff Valves Wing Refueling Level Control Pilot and Vent Valve............ Refueling Test and Control Valve
Pressure Refueling
405 406 607

2
28-21-03
Critical Line Connections Fuel Jettison Fuel Jettison Fuel Jettison
System
28-30-00
28-30-1 28-:30-2
System Component I,ocations System Schematic System Electrical Schematic
42
402 403 3 5
28-30-02
28-30-401 28-:30-402
28-40-1 28-40-2 28-40-:3
Installing Left and Right Fuel Jettison Valves Installing Fuel Jettison Level Control Float Switches Quantity Indicating System Locator Fuel Quantity Indicating System Electrical Schematic Right and IJeft Engine Fuel Flow Indicating System (Typical) TTU-68/E Fuel Quantity Variable-capacitance Tester MD-1 Fuel I~uantitv Variable-capacitance Tester TU-68/F, or MD-I Tester Cable and Adapter Assembly Schematic for Testing Fuel Quantity Indicating System TTU-fi8/E or Mn-l Tester Cable and Adapter Assembly Schematic for CalibratinR Fuel Quantity Indicating System Indicators
Fuel
28-40-00
28-40-03
28-40-501 28-40-502 28-40-50:3

28-40-504
8 502 FjO~
504
506
28-ILLUS
Pagel
0
Jun 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

Section
28-40-03
Figure No.
28-40-505 28-40-506 28-40-507 28-40-508 28-40-509
Title MD-2A Fuel Quantity
Page Capacitance
and Megohm Tester
508
(Contd)
Adapter Assembly Schematic for Testing Fuel Quantity Indicating System Fuel Quantity Indicating System and Test Setup TF20-1 Fuel Quantity Variable-capacitance Tester TF20-1 Tester Cable and Adapter Assembly Schematic
MD-2A Tester Cable and
511 513
51i
518
28-llLUS
Page
2
a
Aug 1/86
NA-69-420
MA~NTENANCE ~ANUAL
CHAPTER 28
FUEL SYSTEM
LIST OF TABLES
Section
28-00-00 28-00-01
Table No.
Title
Fuel
Page
1
N/A
601
System Components and Locations
602
603
NA 265-70 and -80 Biocide Fuel Treatment For NA 265-80, S/N 380-70 and -71 only Biocide Fuel Treatment Forward Fuel Tank Operational Check for Model NA 265-80, S/N 380-70 and 380-71 only
604 604
605/606
801 805
601 510 520
28-10-04
NIA
28-30-03
28-40-03
Bladder-type Fuel Cells Repair Materials Part Numbers for Oversize Diameter High-Strength Flush Bolts E~nctional Check
Tank Unit Tank Unit of Fuel Jettison
601
System
N/A NIA
Capacitance (Dry Values) Capacitance (Dry Values)
28-TABLES
Page 1/2 Blank
0 COPYRIGHT, 1996 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
Nov 12/93
NA-69-420
MATNTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 28 FUEL LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapterl
Section
28-L.E.P.
Chapterl
Page
1 2 1 2
Date
Section
28-10-04 (Contd)
Page
807
Date Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Nov 12/93 Nov 12/93
Feb 29/96
Apr 4/92
Jun 12/89 Jun 12/89 Jun 12/89 Jun 12/89
BS-CONTENTS
808 809 810 28-20-00

1
314
28-ILLUS.
1
Aug 1/86
Feb 29/96
Oct 3/77 Oct 3/77
2 2A
3
4 5
8&TABLES
28-00-00
1/2
1
2 3
4
6
28-20-01
101
Jul 6/73 Jul 6/73 Jul 6/73 Jul 6/73 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/73
Mar Mar Mar Mar
Aug 1/86 Aug 1/86

Oct 3/77
5 6 28-00-01 601 602 603 604
102 103
104 105 106
May 15/81
Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85

Feb 29/96 Feb 29/96 Feb 29/96 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70
28-20-02
1/70 1/70 1/70 1/70 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70

Jun 12/89 Jun 12/89
401
402
Added
28-10-00
605/606
1
403
404
2 3
405 406 407

408
28-10-01 28-10-02
101 102 301 302 303 304 305

401
Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct
409
410
3/77 3/77 3/77 3/77 3/77
411/412
28-20-03
601 602
Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun
12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89
28-10-03
402 403 404

405
406
28-10-04 801 802 803 804
Jul 6/73 Oct 3/77 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/73 Oct 3/77 Jul 6/73
Mar 15/83 Mar 15/83 Mar 15/83 Mar 15/83 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70
603 604 604A 605 606 607 608 609

610
Oct 3/77 Jun 28/74 Oct 3/77 Jul 6/73 Jul 6/73 Jul 6/73 Oct 3/77 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/73 Oct 3/77 Oct 3/77
805 806
The asterisk indicates pages revised,
added,
or
deleted by the current revision.
28-L.E.P.
Page
0
I
COPYRIGHT,
t 996 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
Feb 29/96
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LIST OF EFFECTI[VE PAGES
(Continued)
Chapter/
Section
28-21-00
Chapter/
Page
1 2
Date
Mar
Section
Page
1 2 3 4
Date Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/73 Oct 3/77 Jun 28/74 Jun 28/74 Mar Y70 Jun 28/74
1/70
2&40-00
Mar 1/10
Mar
3/4
5 6 7
1/70
Mar 1/10 Mar U70
4A
bug 1/86 Aug 1/86

Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70
Mar 1/10 Jul 6/73 Jun 12/89
Jun 12/89
~pr 4/92
5/6
7 8
28-21-01
28-21-02
101 102
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408
2&40-01
lot 102 103 104 401 402 403 404 405 406
Oct 3/77
Mar
1/10
Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70

Oct 3/77 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Oct 3/77 Oct 3/77 Oct 3/77
2&40-02
Jul 6/73 Mar 470

Mar
1/70
284003
2&21-03
Deleted
28-30-00
-601 602 603 604 605 606 607 607A sos 609
I 2 3 4 5
Mar Y70 Mar V70 Mar YIO Mar Y70 Mar Y70 Mar Y70
501
502 503 504 505 506 607 508 509 510 611 512
Aug Y86
Sep20185
Jul 6/73 Mar 1/70
Jul 6/73 Mar Y70 Mat 1/70 Mar 1/70 Mar Y70
Mar 1/70 Mar 470 Mar 1/70 Mar V70 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/73 Mar 1/70 Jul 6/13 Mar 1/70
513/514
515 516 517
Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85

Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/10 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Oct 3/17 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/10 Mar 1/70
Mar
28-30-01
2&30-02
101/102
401 402 403
Mar 1/70
Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Oct 3/77 Mar 15/83 Mar 15/83 Mar 16/83 Mar 15/83 Mar 15/83
618
519 620 521 522 523 524 28-40-04 601 602
2&30-03
601 602 603 604
1/70
605/606
Oct 3/77 Mar 1/70
.The asterisk indicates pages revised, added,
or
deleted by the current revision.
28-L.E.P.
Page 2 Apr c~92
e
SABRELINER
MA(NTENANCE
MANUAL
SVSTEM
i.
DESCR~TION;4ND OPERATIQ~J
The
fuel system consists
of
integral aLng fuel tan:rs,

.r
IZ~selage
acx:
;I;si
zor:t-ol system, a r"uel vent system,
ing jystea, and The ~uel system is divided into a left and a righ-~ 33rstern. (9ee system. figures 28-00-1, 28-00-2 or 28-00-2A.) Each system supplies fuel ooost pressure to one engine from fuel carried in the integral wing tank of each wing half touter panel and center compartrr~ents). lie-t~eling is accomplished by ;Ir~leboard leading edge. point refueling through a receptacle in the right wing E~uel is supplied from each fuel system to the enp;i~re-drLven ~el pumps b~ two boost pumps, posted on the rear spar in the right and leI", wing csnt~r ;ecA fuel cross-feed system provides a means of feeding both ~-gines tions, from a single booster pump pressure source or for balsnc~rg the fuel load in The airplane has two independent fuel s;tuantity the v%i: tanks. ;ysterns, one ror each wing, with half of the fuselage tank =7~el included or,
each each
r~ei flon~n;eter system, a fu2L ~U&n--LL-y ;agir,g ;~stem, a 9 single-point reruelir,g jyst,em, a fuel icv-prejsure iia.r=on ~JA-370-2 through -8, and airplanes a jetfison
indicator.
T~io
f~el flow
indicators
show the
rate
of fuel
flow
from
On ?TA-370-~ through -4, engine fuel control unit irl -oounds per hour. -8? and -g airplanes, the fuel jettison sysee~ provides a means of ~educinq ~he airplane gross weight to the design landing weight In a erncu~t
I tLae.
2,
~uel
System
Comr~onents
and Locations
MO.
PER LOC~TIOPJ
One and
at
one
COMPONENT
A~7PLAmE
Gravity refueling
filler
access
outboard end or each

at
wing,
right fuselage right engine pylon

,1
~ottom inooard
above
Single-point refueling receptacle

transfer
leading edge of
right wing
2
ejectors
One
in each
forward
inboard
corner
of right and left wing

section
center
Booster pump
One
attached to
center
rear
wing
section,
spar of left and one at-
tached to
center
rear
spar of
right wing
section
F~ei
shutoff
rralves
Forward of main wheel of center
wells, wing section

ri5 that
on
top
Tank cross-feed ;ralve
Mounted
and left
on
separates right
sump
areas
ooost pump
Boost pumx, valve
cross-feed.
1 of
or main wheel
wells,
on
toT,
center wing section 23-00-0
oc
/77
L
As Rcjceived ATP
By
d
,Dage
SAB R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
NO
PER LOC~TICN
2
COMPONENT
Fuel
jettison valves"
Left ralre mounted forward of bulkhead at valve
fuselage station
same
315; right
bulkhead
in
mounted tit of
Jettison fuel level

float
One
in bottom or
left and
center
one
switches"
1
bottom of
right
wing section
;nounted
~useiage tank refueling

level control valve
inside
on
or
fuselage tank,
art wall
Refueling
test and
control valve
Wi ~ng ient
board 2
Flush-mounted inside right wing inleading edge, on lower surface

and left wing
control
-o"ueli~g level pilot and

v?l-ie
Right
tip
ribs
Ijing refueling
shutoff valves
Right
and left
wing
center
sections
Main
vent
outlet
Protrudes
from tail
cone
~oost pump pressure switches
Right and left pressure switches downstream or right and left fl~el
shutoff valves
3ilf~rential pressure
switch
One
eft
of each
engine fire seal
~7lel ~ei
flow
flow
indicators 2
Pilots
Inboard instrument 3anel

side
or both
Forward left
engines
,ransmitters
Plel
indicators ~uel Fuel
Pilots
inboard
instrument
panel
qu2stity probe
15
2
Seven
in each
wing,
and
one
ii?-
fuselage tank
Mounted
Heaters~
in gylon
Uon
thru
and
f~3n NA-370-1
-6, -8 and -g -7 and NA-380-1 and later airplanes
QRIGFMAB As RecliLied By
1
28-00-0
Page
2
Oct
3/77
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
..GRAVITI REFUELING
FILLER ACCESS (I
WING
DIFFERENTIALrvPIc*L)
PRESSURE SWITCH..
iT/
SIPHON BREAKER UNE--
MAIN VENT OUTLET
1-,
.*I
X\
ii
CHECK VALVL-;
r: GRAVITY REFUELING ACCESS
nrmo
(L
VIEW LOOKING UP AND FWD AND R ENGINE
TYP~CAL)
I
~I )I
FILLER ACCESS SCUPPER DRAIN-,
12~
DUAL INTEGRAL LEVEL CONTROL VALVE
INTEGRAL WING
FUEL TANY-..
FUSELAGE FUEL TANK--
L FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE
WING TANK CLIMB VENT LINE
--.V~.
BOOST
j
j~A
PUMP
CROSS-FEED VALVE
TO SINGLE POINT (IE~VELING LEVEL CONTI(OL PILOT *ND VENT V*LVF.-."-
GRAVITY DRAIN ASSEMBLY
Q
a FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE
r~
.i-
;c
I:
I!
C~i
3
~v/
BOOSTER PUMP
CHECK VALVES
r:br
j
TEMP
DETECTOR
ATA
3If~
D
-FUEL ~ETTISON VALVES
I
PRESSURESWIT
------oanlN COCK
SINGLE-POINT REFUELING RECEPTACLE
FUEL FEED
~3U
1/
WING REFUELING SHUTOFF VALVE-AUXILIARY FUEL TANK

IL WING
ii
BOOSTER WMP
AUXILIARY TANK TRANSFER AND WING TANK VENT
(GRAVITY-FLOW)
GRAVITY-FLOW AND VENT TYPIC*L) ~J L~
ITELTUO
ilj~:I
C~E
U
FUEL VENT
FUEL PRESSURE
TO SINGLE-POINT ~EFVELINC LEVEL CONTIOL P11OT *ND
REFUELING VALVE TEST PRIMARY AND SECONDARY

I
i
VENT V*LVE
WING DRAIN JTIPIC*L)--
--TANK CROSS-FLED VALVE
FUELJEnlSON
FUELBOOSTWMPIKEED PRESSURE FUELTRANSFER
FUEL TRANSFER E~ECTORS
-----CHKK VALVES
(TvPtc*L)
ii
Figure
28-00-1- Fuel
~81
WING REFUELING SHUTOFF VALVE
REFUELING
5370-2-48-5
Supply System
S/N
370-2 thru -6, -8 and -9
28-00-00
0
Page 3 Aug 1/86
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GRAVITY REFUELING FILLER ACCESS it
rrPica~l
SIPHON BREAKER LINL--~
II
MAIN VENT OUTLET
c-J
CHECK VALVE-;
GRAVITY REFUELING ACCESS
-_
FUSELAGE FUEL TANK
FILLER ACCESS SCUPPER DR AIN
FUEL HEATER--:--L.I INTEGRAL WING FUEL TANK
"5
I
\1
DUAL INTEGRAL LEVEL CONTROL
VALVE
.GRAVITY DRAIN ASSEMBLY
L FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE_----
WING TANK CLIMB VENT LINE
BOOSTER
TO IiINGIE POINT I(CFUFIING LEVtL
PUMP
CROSS-FEED VALVE
CON~AOL PIIOT\ANLliINT
YAIVt
R FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE--
-4..== BOOSTER PUMP
t~Ci
FUELTEMP DETECTOR
sccrr~
rc~i:
3:,
j!
SINGLE-POINT REFUELING RECEPTACLE
-~"si-(
PRESSURE SWITCHES
B
G
DRAIN COCK
1!/// C,
C
Irrr
BOOSTER PUM
FUELFEED C~ AUXILIARY TANK TRANSFER AND WING TANK VENT FUEL VENT
INO REFUELING SHUTOFF VALVE
II
AUXILIARY FUEL TANK GRAVITY-FLOW ANDVENT OUT
(L WING
I!j
J WING DRAIN
~rvPlcnL,---
(GRAVlTY-FLOW)
lr3L.
TYPICAL)~
I~
I
TO SINGLE POINT REFUELING
AND
C...I
FUEL PRESSURE
LEVEL
VENT
CONTROL PILOT VALVE
:::1
TANK CROSS-FEED VALVE
I
_
REFUELING VALVETEST PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FUEL BOOST PUMP FUEL TRANSFER
t~ZI
BLELD
PRESSURE
FUEL TRANSFER E~ECTORS
.--CHL~K VALV~S
(TYPICAL)
_I
_
P~
I
Figure 28-00-1A
Fuel Supply System
REFUELING
S/N
370-1 and
-7, S/N 380-1 and Subs
28-00-00
Page 4 Aug 1/86
o
SABRELI NER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
ESSENTIAL 28V DC BUS
MG SrS WARNING-
~_ FIRE
FUEL--BOOST
CONT SvS s FUS OVHT- CONT SHUT-OFF 8
SrS
-LH ENGINE-
_r
I
LH ENGINEMASTER
4
,;Z4
I-
RH ENGINE-
_r
I
~,RH
WARNING--
IGN 8 BOOST
CONT*
MASTER
ENGINEIGN 8 BOOST
4
BOOST PUMP--LH FUEL*
BOOST PUMP-RH FUEL,
I FUELSHUT-OFF*
I CONT
*2
A2
FIRE PULL-LEFT (ENCINE

FIRE
l-_-\_
~I I
*3
_~_TI FIRE PULL--RIGHT

*~i
CONTROL PANEL)
1 I
IENGINE FIRE CONTROL PANEL)
aa
A3
44
RH ENGINE-
*3
ENGINE
TO LEFT FUEL
MASTER
caH ENGINE
SWITCH PANEL)
BOOST MON!TOR RELAY COIL !PIN "XI")
LH FUEL
Ad Ixi
I
I I
"I
L~1
RH FUEL
TO RIGHI
FUEL BOOST
MONTOR RELa~ COli IPIN "X1")
BOOST PUMP
BOOST PUMP
i1
X
(LHFB)I
X?
(RHFB) P
or 03
Ln ENGLNEAl
ii
IA
1
DI
02
P2
bC~L-
AI
le
ENGINE
OFFI*I
8566 (KS66)
OF~
*2
*3 st
raOYD orw
I*e!
x1
KSO1 ~:KSO1)
~j
.r
1
1
I
OPEN
MnnER
(LH ENGINE SWITCH PANEL~
CLOSED
sr
+O
LINEI
bLINE
O+
st s~
B2
LH PUMP
RH PUMP
oN
oN
NOSE FILTER
cSTA 263 LJ
I
I
I
I I
I
I
NOISE FILTER
ISTA 2~3 111
o
CYVSIS)!
L,I
E
ENGINE RRE
ENGINE FIRE
(LEFS)
MOTOR
(YVS17~
MOTOR
(REFS)
,5,, 333!
5557 (5151)
5558
WHITE f
WHITE
r
I I
tSi~ 333)
t
I- -I
El ID I
*DVnNCED
CLOSEDI 1
I CLOSED
ADVANCED
BLACI;el*cr
LH NO.
I i I
I
RH NO. 1
Ut FUEL
SHUTOFF VALVE
ISTA 268 ci i
I I I
j I I
1 I
i 1
I I
RH FUEL
THROTTLE
FUEL BOOST
rO "FUEL SHUTOFF i
I I
I
THROTTLE FUEL 80052. ANDIGNITION

IOUADRANT ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE CONTROLI
SHUTOFF VALVE
csm 252
AND IGNITION
(OVADSANT ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE
*~ltL*2
FAIL..
CONTROLi
I
L FUEL
:xl
I
R FUEL VALVE
X
CAUTION
LIGHT
I I
I I
LH FUEL BOOST PUMP I I

2
I
1
_8
I
2
B3
csm 257)
82
1 ~1
RH FUEL BOOST PUMP

STA 257)
YALVE OPEN
i
ns
xt
)7
82
(LRIO)~
*1
P12
*2
as
*1
OPENS~ (RFVO)
a2
!te
43 nj a a?
Itel
n3
Ital
A~
"f
X X1
,t"
x2
8584 (KSB~
;X-2(KSss)
R FUEL
VALVE WARNING R FUEL
:xl
xl
X2
(K587)
K567
X2
<KM~;
K565 RH FUEL BOOST CONTROL
K663 (K663)
TO..FUEL
JETTISON. SKITCH
(8664)
TO "FUEL
~I
JETTISON. SWIJCH
~p
RH JETTISON
L FUEL
i FUEL VALVE WARNING
LH FUEL BOOST CONTROL
LH JETTISON
FUEL CONT
VALVE CLOSED
VALVE CLOSED
(LHFBCI~
(RHFBC)O
FLI~EL
CONT
(UFC)
(RJFC) ~O
(LFVC)
LOwS(fl)WC
(LFVW)S
(RFVW)S
CLOSES AT 6 rfll PSIG
OPENS AT P PYG
(RFVC)S
CLOSES AT 6 1+11 PSIG.
OPENS AT P PSIG
tOw 5
(-CI)PSIC
PUMP CROSSFEED OPENED
5572 0372)
tl FUEL BOOST
5511
5622 LH FUEL
5621
LOW-PRESSURE
WARNING
(STA 248 Ibl)
r I I
RH FUEL BOOST
PRESSURE 1
RH FUEL PRESSURE
FAIL SWITCH
(aH ENG PODST* rII
r
j
fPCO)9 PC2 Pb2
LOW-PRESSURE WARNING
(STA 248 RH)
FAIL SWITCH
(Ln Hlt PbD--Sr* iii
1
4 LH OVERHEAD FORWARD DC LSSENTIAL
~K562)
STA 113 RH
TO BOOST CROSS-FEED VALVE OPEN CONTACT ("C~)
"LH FUEL PRESS LOW cAun~N
"RH FUEL PRESS _L LOW CAUTION
CIRCUIT-BREAI(ER PANEL
Rt~ OVERHEAD An DC ESSENTIAL
RH PILOTS COMPARTMEYT
1K;T
tlGHT
CIRCUIT-
PANEL
RELAY BOX ASSEMBIY
0~
IZ1
W*-i70-2
THROUGH d..B AHD -9

5370-2-48-64
uc310.1*rm-t
Fuel Supply System Electrical Schematic Figure 28-00-2

oct
NA-370 Airplanes 28-00-0
3/77
page 5
SABRE LIN~R
MAINTENANCE
NA-69-420
sA
MANUAL
ENG SYS WARNINGFUEL-BOOST
CONT SYS a FUS OVHT- CONT

SHUI-OFP
CB510
~ENGINE
FU~L--
SrS
LH
LH
ENGINE-lof\r
RH
ENCINE-oA~
~onRH
ENGINE-
BOOST PUMP- LH FUEL

CB561
254 25n
WARNINGSHVT-OFF
CB619 CCBBIII)
IGN 8
BOOST CONT
CB559
MASTER
C8557
MASTER
CB558
IGNB BOOST
CONT
CBSM)
BOOST PUMP-RH FUEL

CB562 (C~bZ)
F1PEPULL-LEFTtll
*I
LI-~FIIEPULLIIGHT
ng
5594 (5594)
.j
A3
A4 A2
RH ENGINE-
ENGINE MASTER
(RH ENGINE
SW1TCH PANEL)
TO LEFT FUEL
A2
Al
Al
BOOSTMONlTOR
RELAY COIL (K1226)
LH FUEL
Ix?
X
TO RIGHT
FUELBOOST
RH FUEL
BOOST PUMP
PIH"XI," (15)
BOOST PUMP
xl X2
MONITOR
RELAY COIL (K1227)
(LHFB)
(RHFB)
PIN "X!." (15)
16
16 a
14
LH ENGINEAl
rc,owo
OPEN;1,
~vsla)
12
l1
15
5548 ENGINI~
15
,r
(VVS17)
MOTOR
I
c,oaD
MASTER
(LH ENGINE
n2
roljj
A3
jZ~
A3 B1
Al
K566 (8566)
cYOO)
KSO1
BI
83ON
i
I I
ENGINE FIRE
ENGINE FIRE
ONT"
ICLOSED
RH NO.
1
82
FL500
LH PUMP
FL501 (FL5~1)
RHPUMP NOISE FILTER
NOISE FILTER
lsTA 263 L1
(STA 263 R)
ICPD
(LEFS)
I
L-)
E
MOTOR
(REFS)
ISTA lso,
--J
NC
NO
C~ oNC
I
I
I
I
IW;IITE
BLACK
-WHITE
BLACK
I RH FUEL
El
ID
ADVANCED
CLOSEDI
1
ADV*NCEDI
LH NO. LH FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE

(srA 260~)
THROTTLE FUEL BOOST

TO "FUEL SHLITOEl
THROTTLE
FUEL BOOST
SHUTOFF VALVE
(SrA 252~)
LIND IGNITION
IOLIADRANT ASSEMBLY
POWER LEVERI
AND IGNITION
IOVADRANT ASSEMBLY
"l_-PTstll
2
FAll.. CIUI~ON IIGnr
POWER LEVER)
LH FUEL BOOST PUMP

111* 8510
RH FUEL BOOST PUMP

iSI* 117)
51~f
jf
B
IJ
8509 (gy0g)
I rue
i
5(91 (5)4
1(31
OPEN
VALVE
(IFVO]
1131
1
(514~
1
OPEN
a,l
I
8(61
43
I
(RFVO)
1
1
It"
151
3(11
18)6
1311
12~15)
Y15
I
2
I
8584
K585
8567
(8565)
RH FUEL BOOST CONTROL
L FUEL
L FUEL
R FUEL
R FUEL
VALVE CLOSED
VALVE WARNING
VALVE WARNING
VALVE CLOSED
(LHFBC)
(RHfBCj
NOTE: THE NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS
ARE APPLICABLE TO AIRPLANES
(LFVC)
LON 5 1+1) PSIG
(LFVW)
(RFVW)
CLOSES AT 6 ~1 I PSIG OPENS AT 9 PSIG
(RFVC)
CLOSES AT 6 ~1) PSIG OPENS AT 9 PSIG
LOW 5 ~1) PSIG
NA-380-5. -10. -It AND LATER
(5572)
LH FUEL BOOST LOW-PRESSURE
(5571)
RH FUEL BOOST LOW-PRESSURE LH FUEL PRESSURE
PUMP CROSSisi
a3
5622 RH FUEL PRESSURE
(PCO)
I PC21111 982
(61
WARNING
WARN~NG
I I
FAIL SWITCH
(LH ENG)
FAIL SWITCH
(RH ENGI
X2(2)
TO BOOST CROSSFEED
VALVE OPEN CONTACT
"LH FUEL PRESS
~1
V
"RH FUEL PRESS
~L
(PIN "C" OF P523)
LOW"CAUTION UGHT
LOW" CAUTION
LIGHT
5380-2-411-17*
Fuel
Supply System Electrical S/N 380 Airplanes

Figure
O
Schematic
28-00-0
28-00-2A
Page 6 ~ay 15/81
COPYRIGHT,
1981 BY ROCKWELL TEJTERNATIONAL
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
FUEL SYSTEM CHECK-OUT PROCEDURES Fuel System Pressure Check

The following procedure applies to the complete fuel system and is used to determine that the system is free of leaks.
i. 7.
outlets. Cap fuel feed lines to right and left engines. Disconnect lines in engine pod.
Connect air pressure source to manometer or presgauge; then connect pressure recording unit to fuel vent pressurization adapter.
sure
special equipment and/or tools needed for this procedure are as follows:
The
8.
Pressurize fuel system to 3 psi. Allow 5 minutes for air pressure to stabilize in fuel tanks.
A.
B.
Air pressure valve.
source
with air hose and shutoff Do not allow air pressure to eseeed 3.0 psi maximum during this check. Ea:cessive pressure can damcyle thefi~selagefuel tank.
9.
Low-pressure regulator (V&2025, Victor Equipment Co., 3821 Santa Fe Ave., Los Angeles, Calif., or equivalent)
Close air pressure valve.
C.
Watermanometer(Model A203, Meriam Instrument Co., Cleveland, Ohio) or pressure gauge capable of indicating a drop of 0.050 in Hg or 0.680 inch water when 3 psi pressure is
indicated.
10.
Conduct checks in steps A. and B. below. If, after 15 minutes, the results of the checks are as specified, no
leakage
A.
is indicated in the fuel system.
D. E.
Fuel vent pressurization adapter, 370-810078

Hose to connect manometer or pressure gauge to fuel vent pressurization adapter B.
Checkthatwater manometer(if this equipment is used) does not indicate a drop of more than 0.680 inch of water. Check thatpressure gauge (if thisequipment is used) does not indicate a drop of 0.050 inch of
mercury
or
F.
Siphon breaker
line
plug, 265-810082
0.680 inch of water.
G.
Necessary
outlets
caps and
plugs
to seal
designated
11.
Actuate relief valve on fuel vent pressurization adapter and exhaust air from fuel system.
Disconnect pressure recording unit from fuel vent pressurization adapter. Remove adapter from flame arrester mounting flange. Remove all plugs and caps installed for this check.
NOTE
Pressure check should be accomplished in an area where the ambient temperature remains comparatively constant. A 1"Ii~ change within the pressurized area of t~e airplane can cause a change of about one inch of water or 0.0r5 inch ofmercury.
2.
12.
13.
Remove fuel vent flame arrester assembly.
(Refer to
14.
on
28-10-3.)
8.
Ii~ailure to remove all plz~s and caps can damage the fuselage tank when the fuel system is pressure-refueled,
Install fuel vent flame arrester assembly. (Refer to
Install fuel vent pressurization vent adapter flame arrester mounting flange.
28-103.)
Fuel System Obstruction Check
1.
4.
Make sure that right and leftfuel shutoff valves, and
S/N 370-2 thru -6,-8 and -9) the right and left fuel jettison valves are in open position.
on
The
special equipment and/or tools needed for this procedure are as follows:
A. B. Air pressure valve
source
5.
Check that fuel gravity refueling receptacle covers and all access doors and panels are installed and sealed properly. Check that all fuel tank sump drain valves and line drain valves are closed.
with air hose and shutoff
6.
Plug outlet of fuel siphon breaker line at fuselage station 355. On S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8 and -9, plug fuel jettison line outlet. Plug right and left wing vent
Low-pressure regulator(VQ2025, Victor EquipCo., 3821 Santa Fe Ave., Los Angeles, Calif., or equivalent)
ment
C.
Fuel vent pressurization adapter, 370-810078
28-00-01 Sep 20/85Page
601
PJA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES (Continued)
Fuel
System Obstruction Check (Contd)

D.
Necessarycapstoseal designatedoutlets
MICROBIOLOGICAL FUEL DECONTAMINATION General
2.
Remove fuelventflame arresterassembly. (Referto
28-10-3.)
3.
Install fuel vent

arrester
pressurization adapter
to flame
mouting flange.
Hydrocarbon fuels, such as aircraft turbine fuel, are subject to bacterial and fungal attack during storage, transportation, and use. The microorganisms that feed on these hydrocarbons not only grow in small quantities of
water
4.
Cap fuel feed lines leading to right and left engines. Disconnect lines in engine pod,
Connect air pressure
tion
source
present in the fuel system, but also
grow in the
5.
to fuel vent
pressuriza-
adapter. Apply 3 psi
pressure.
hydrocarbon fuel itself. Microbes can live for months in essentially anhydrous fuels. Subsequent presence of free water may produce rapid population increase.
NOTE
Do not allow air pressure to ezceed 3 psi. Damage to thefuselage cell can be caused by ezeessive pressure,
6.
Draining any water collected in the fuel sum?, areas on a DAIL Y basis is the most
critical maintenance procedure to prevent water accumulation that may, if left unch~ecked, result in microorgani8ms contaminatilzg the fuel system. This is especiall21 important i-~the airplane is inactive for any period of time.
Check for airflow at any fuel sump drain in left wing and then for airflow at any fuel sump drain in right wing. Airflow indicates fuel vent and transfer lines are unobstructed,
7.
Actuate~right fuel shutoff valve and, on S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9 the right jettison valve to open
position.
On S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9, check for airflow at fuel jettison line outlet. Airflow indicates right fuel jettison line is unobstructed. Remove cap from fuel feed line leading to right engine. Airflow indicates right fuel feed line is unobstructed. Recap line, Actuate right fuel shutoff valve to close position and left fuel shutoff valve to open position. On S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9, actuate right jettison valve to closed position, and leftjettison valve to open position. On S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9 check for airflow at fuel jettison line outlet. Airflow indicates left fuel jettison line is unobstructed. Remove cap from fuel feed line leading to left engine. Airflow indicates left fuel feed line is unobstructed. Remove air pressure from main fuel vent outlet. Actuate left fuel shutoff valve and, on S/N 370-2 thru -6, -8, and -9 the left jettison valve to closed position. Connect fuel feed lines at right and left
8.
Microorganisms produce a slime which suspends water and particulate matter in fuel. Suspended contaminants lead to fouled airplane fuel quantity probes, inaccurate gauge readings, and fuel filter plugging. Persistant or multiple fuel probe failures and/or presence of fouling in
the fuel filters or sump drains may be indications of microbe contamination.
9.
10.
Microorganisms also attack and perforate fuel tank sealants and coatings, permitting corrosive attack on the exposed metal. On unprotected areas, the microorganisms promote rusting of steel and corrosion of aluminum.
11.
When, initially using a biocide agent, check thefuelfilters at increased intervals. Dying microorgartisms will release species of dirt
and rust that have been caught in the fungal mats. Also, the fungus itself may come off walls and structures as itis killed. Once dead, the slimy nature of the fungus will disappear, and it should become more filterable.
12.
13.
engine pods.
14.
Draining any water collected in the fuel sump areas on a daily basis helps prevent a water accumulation that may, if leftunchecked, resultin microorganisms damaginathe
fuel system.
Install fuel vent flame arrester. (Refer to 28-10-3.)
Jb
28-00-01
Page 602 Sep 20/85
o
NA-69-429
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Treatment of Fuel with Biocide 1.
Agent
Do not exceed the 270 ppm concentration of biocide agent in thefueltank Do not addbiocide
a one
Fuel Without
NOTE
Fuel without PRIS~M must be treated on
month interval
agent tofirel with large concentrations ofwater.

Biocide agents can form crystals and solidify. Ah water nlust be drainedfrom the sumps prior
to the addition
Treatfuel system with a biocide agent at the I3Sppm level, if microbe contamination is suspectedordetected, treatfuelsystem with a biocide agent at the 270ppm level. Continue to treat the fuel system at the 270 ppm level until all traces of microbe contamination is eliminated (refer to FUEL TREATMENT
ofbiocide agent.
are as
Recommended treatment levels
follows:
PROCEDURE).
2.
A. One gallon ofbiocide agent per 5000 gallons of fuel (270 ppm concentration) for treatment of contarninated fuel storage systems.
B. One-half
FuelWith PRIS~M
NOTES
gallon of biocide agent per 5000 gallons of fuel (135 ppm concentration) for
maintenance of a clean fuel storage system.
NOTE
Airplanes fueling with PRISTFM additive a mininrum often consecutivedays each month may extend the one month interval to siu
months.
Thefluid ounces ofbiocide agent rc~uired may

be calculated by
to obtain a concentration
Approvedfuelsmuslconlain of 0.10 to 0.15% by volume ofPRIS~Mfuel additive Treat fuel system with a biocide agent at the 135 ppm level. If microbe contamination is suspected or detected, treatfuel
biocide agent at the 270 ppm treatfuel system at the 270 ppm level until all traces of microbe contamination are eliminated
aconcentration
multiplying Ibs. offuelx 0. 004 of270ppm, or Ibs. of
fuels 0.002for a concentration of135pp.

C. Fill fuel tank approximately half full; slowly add biocide agent during the addition of the remaining fuel.
NOTE
This is
an
system with
level. Continue to
alternative method of adding biocide
Fuel Test Procedures

1.
a small amount of fuel from tank sumps and test using Boron Microb Monitor Test Kit. Kits may be obtained from:
metering is notpossible duringgravagent whe~i ity refueling. This will disperse the agent and
avoid
areas
Drain
of high concentration.
2.
Airplane fuel system

A. T~eat fuel per Fuel Treatment Table 601 or 602, and allow the biocide treated fuel to remain in the fuel tank for 72 hours if the airplane is to remain inactive for several
BP Oil Company 200 Public SQuare Cleveland, OH 44114-2375

2.
Treat fuel system with biocide agent if microbes are detected per treatment instructions on Table 601 or 602. Maintain a 135 ppm biocide agent concentration if contamination persists,
days.
B. Retreat fuel at each
refueling stop
to main-
Fuel Treatment Procedures

1.
tain biocide treated fuel in the fuel tanks for a 72 hour period if the airplane is scheduled
Fuel
supply tank(s) and systems

NOTE
fly during biocide application. Caution should be exercised not to exceed the 270 ppm maximum concentration of biacide agent in the airplane fuel.
to
Metered bulk treatment
ofthefuel supply tank effective nlelhod ofcontrolling microbe contamination andgrowth.

and system is the most
28-00-01
Page
0 COPYRIGWT, 1996 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
603
Feb 29/96
NA-69-420
MATNTENANCE MANUAL
Table 601.
Biocide Fuel Treatment
NA 265-70 and -80
OUNCES OF BIOCIDE
POUNDS OF FUEL TANK
Concentration
(Gravity/refueling 6.7 Ibs/gallon)

1369 3067
O
1
270 ppm
O
1
135 ppm 2.7 6.1
Aft
RH
Fuselage Wing
Wing
TOTAL
5.5
12.3 12.3
LH
1
1
3067
7503
1
1
6.1
30.1
14.9
NOTES
01 O
For treatment of contaminated fuel.
For maintenance of clean fuel.
Table 602.
Biocide Fuel Treatment
for NA 265-80, S~N 380-70 and -71
only
POUNDS OF FUEL TANK
OUNCES OF BIOCIDE Concentration
(Gravity/refueling 6.7 Ibs/gallon)

1369
O
1 1 1 1
270 ppm
5.5
II1
1 1 1 1
135 ppm 2.7 6.1 6.9 6.1
Aft RH RH
Fuselage
w/o Fwd Tank
with Fwd Tank
Wing Wing
3067
3460 3067
12.3
13.8 12.3
LH
Wing
NOTES
O 01
For treatment of contaminated fuel. For maintenance of clean fuel.
28-00-01
Page
604
Feb 29/96
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROCEDURE
1.
NORMAL INDICATION
Circuit breakers:
BOOST PUMP
RH FUEL
in
FWD FUEL TRANSFER RH ENG IGN BOOST CONT
in
out
2.
3.
Apply
INV FUEL
external 28 VDC to
airplane.
NO. 1
Switches:
QTY........................................
RH IND MAN Monitor RH FUEL &TY gauge until approximately 100 Ibs. fuel remains in fwd fuel tank. Fuel transfer should stop.
FWD FUEL TANK TRANSFER
4. 5.
FWD FUEL TANK TRANSFER......... AUTO
Circuit breakers: STALL WARN

BATT VENT
out
out
LDG POS
out
Fuel transfer should start. (Check level on RH FUEL &TY gauge.)
decreasing
6.
Allow all fuel to transfer from fwd tank. Check terminal L4 of TB593 for 28 VDC.
FWD FUEL TANK TRANSFER
7.
8.
No
voltage should be present.
MAN
9.
10.
Check for 28 VDC at terminal L4 of TB593
Voltage should be present.

in
Circuit breakers: LDG POS

RH ENG
ION BOOST CONT
in
11.
FWD FUEL TANK FILL switch
ON
Fuel will transfer from wing tanks to fwd fuel tank.
12.
Allow approximately 100 Ibs. of fuel to transfer to fwd tank.

FWD FUEL TANK TRANSFER......... AUTO FWD FUEL TANK FILL
13.
OFF
Check that RH boost pump stops. Fwd fuel tank fioat valve is operating correctly when boost pump stops.
14.
Finish
refueling fwd tank.
15.
Safetywire FWD FUEL TANK FILL switch with 0.020 soft copper wire.
Remove electrical power from
16.
airplane.
28-00-01
Page 605/606
0
Biank
Feb 29/96
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FITEL TANKS
i.
DESCRIPTION
Fuselage Fuel Ta_n_k
nylon bladder-type cell, suitsupported and held securely in It is installed in the fuseplace by the various cell fittings and hangers. This tank will hold station art of 333 fuselage lage rear section, just 203 US gallons plus a 1.2 percent expansion space for the fuel in the wing The fuselage tank is installed in a sealed, fluid- and and fuselage tanks. An overboard drain from the bottom of the sealed bay drains vapor-tight bay. Any area, in any fuel leakage or condensation that accumulates in the bay. the bay that might be abrasive to the rubber surface of the cell is covered The fuselage tank is interconnected to the with pressure-sensitive tape. wing tanks by two vent and transfer lines, a pressure refueling line, and two fuel pressure lines (primary test and secondary test) for testing the a vent line, running from the top of the fuselage dual level control valve, A siphontank to an outlet in the tail cone, vents the entire fuel system. breaking vent line, with a check valve allowing air to enter the tank only, prevents any possible siphoning of fuel from the fuselage tank through the This tank is normally filled by the presvent line to the tail-cone outlet. the fuselage tank can be refueled through a sure refueling method; however, filler access on the right side or the fuselage, at fuselage station 3T1, just above the right engine pod.
The
fuselage tank
for
use
is
nonsealing,
fuel.
rubber and
able
with aromatic
This
tank is
Integral Wing Fuel Tanks

Each
integral wing
from the
tank contains
45~5 gallons
between the
of
fuel. and
This
rear
fuel is
spars
carried
ex-
in the
sealed main structural box,

inboard
or
front
and
tending
Each wing is centerline rib to the tip panel. divided into four compartments by three wing ribs, one at wing station 37,
These ribs and the other at wing station 171~ one at wing station 106, These comprevent; excessive outboard fuel flow during airplane maneuvers. partment dividing ribs are not sealed, but the fit at each end and along the bottom is snug and tight. However, the ribs at wing stations 37 and 106 have cutouts between the top of the rib attach points and the upper wing skin, and the rib at wing station 171.6 has a gap between the tap or the rib and the upper wing skin to permit venting between compartments.
Flapper-type
board to the
check valves center
and interconnect tubes
allow transfer of fuel in-
wing board; the interconnect except during refueling.
prevent fuel flow outpositioned to prevent fuel flow outboard The pressure refueling outlet for each wing is in the right and left center sections and when refueling is being done, the inboard compartment fills up first; then the fl~el spills over the compartment bulkhead and flows through the interconnect tubes into the next outboard This procedure continues until the fuel reaches the wing tip, compartment. actuates the level control valve, and shuts the refueling flow off. Wing near the wing tip and provide a means are in the outer wing panel, caps fuel The fuel cap consists of a body, an inner cap, a for gravity refueling. outer The function of the spring-loaded and a nozzle guard. an spring, cap, inner cap is to prevent fuel from gushing out when the outer cap is removed and the fuel is under pressure from fuel in the fuselage tank.
section. The
check valves tubes
are
Mar
1/.7"
e8-~o-o
Page
SA B.R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
Basic fuel
MANUAL
tank structure has been done by the
sealing
or the
integral wing
Grooves 0.050 inch deep and 0.1~8 inch groove injection sealing method. These wide are machined into one structural member at mating surfaces.
grooves run along the centerlines of which hold the mating parts together. tener
tener while
rows
spot
or closely spaced screws or bolts face in the groove at each fas-
provides a continuous mating surface sealant path which seals the fasA nonharaening sealant is continuing the mating surface seal. After few inches apart. holes the into a injected grooves through special closed screws. these holes are Injecinserting self-tappin~ by injection, The tion is done with a special gun, similar to an ordinary lubrication gun. The pressure ratio between the sealing gun is operated with air pressure. This incoming regulated air pressure and the injection nozzle is 70 to i. ratio allows injection pressure at the groove injection holes to reach as This method high as 6000 psi, although the pressure is usually much lower. One is that injection of sealing the tank envelope has certain advantages.
can
be
done at
all, times
with
periodic repair more nonhardening
or the
sealed article
sealant.
Another is that from the exterior or the wing. can be done by reinjecting the grooves
Where
las
The the
at the
intermediate rib
spars),
screws
mating-surface sealing is not required have been individually sealed dur-
ing installation.
second
sealing
doors,
method used in the

have been
bolts
in isolated but accessible
access
bonded inside metal washers.
ing ring bonded directly

sealed with
a
into the
replaceable synthetic
are
synthetic rubber seals

3
Fuel Vent The vent tem
access doors and rittings are With few exceptions, O-ring seal. used where removal or parts may be frequent.
A few wing involves the use of locations, as well as the screws attaching sealed with Stat-O-Seals, which are "0" rings The access doors have a synthetic rubber sealdoors.
Some
rubber
System
system maintains a proper balance or pressure within the fuel sysclimbing, diving, in-flight and ground during all operating conditions: The vent system (1) enables air or vapor replacerefueling, and draining. ment of the fuel in each tank as the fuel is transferred, drained, or used; (2) maintains higher pressure inside the fuselage tank cell than outside, preventing collapse and possible rupture; (3) keeps internal pressure at a safe level, determined by the structural limits of the airplane; and (4) maintains balanced pressure between tanks, enabling fuel transfer. Obstructions in the vent system may cause structural failure, failure of the fuel system to completely fill, failure of fuel to transfer from tank to tank, and collapse or the fuselage fuel cell and integral wing tanks accompanied by bending of the fuel gage tank units.
The
fuselage
venting
outlet for the
tank provides the necessary expansion volume and an overboard fuel system. Additional venting for single-point
pressure refueling is each wing tip.
provided by
pressure-actuated wing tip
vent
valve
in
The
and transfer lines and two
fuselage tank through interconnecting vent The 1-1/4 (~U/4) psi spring-loaded check valves. setting of the check valves prevents fuel transfer from the wing tanks to the fuselage tank during ground refueling or normal flight attitudes.
are
wing tanks
vented to the
28-10-0
Mar
1/10
Page 2
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
A check valve in the The wing tanks are climb-vented to the fuselage tank. line (attached to the "T" fitting on top of the fuselage tank) allows airflow
from the
transfer
when
This venting assists fuel wing tanks to the auxiliary tank only. during climbing attitudes and expedites completion of fuel transfer level flight attitude is attained.
leading edge sections of the wing tanks are vented to the inboard of the integral wing tanks. Th~ right and left booster pump The left the and vented to wing center section areas. right sump areas are the in ribs vent vented are separating through openings wing compartments The fuselage tank main fuel vent line runs aft along the each compartment. fuselage upper centerline to the tail cone vent outlet.
The
inboard
compartments
Whenever the inairplane climbs, the outside air pressure decreases. fuel tanks and the the lines between and transfer vent wing terconnecting fuselage cell are below the fuel level in the wing tanks and the pressure within the wing tanks exceeds the check valve pressure of 1-1/4 (~/4) psi, fuel will be transferred to the fuselage tank to provide expansion room in the wing tanks. When the fuel is below the vent and transfer lines, the wing tanks will vent directly to the fuselage tank and the overboard vent outlet. Any fuel transferred to the fuselage tank by expansion in the wing tank will return to the wing tank as use of fuel in the wing tanks and cooling of the wing tanks in flight results in pressure reduction in those tanks. As the airplane dives or loses altitude, the outside air pressure increases. Air pressure enters the vent line and keeps the pressure within the wing tanks and the fuselage tank equal to the pressure outside. If, through vent malfunction, the wing tank pressure should exceed a negative or 4 to 5 psi, the wing tip vent valve will open and admit air to prevent exceeding that presAs the
sure
differential.
Mar
1/TO
28-10-0 Page 3
SABRELI N E R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL TANKS
i.
TROUBL;E SHOOTING
Trouble Shooting Fuel
Tanks
I
ISOLATION PROCEDURE:
REMEDY
PROBABLE CAUSE
A,
FUEL LEAKAGE AROUND FUSELAGE TANK ACCESS DOORS.
(1)
(2)
Attaching
bolts
Check for proper torque
Torque properly.
undertorqued.
"0" ring imin
setting.
Remove and
visually in-
Install "O" ring
properly installed tank fitting.
spect "0" ring.
properly.
(3)
"0" ring not
Disconnect
installed in tank
fitting.
fitting and inspect for presepce or 11011 ring~
Install "O" ring
properly.
(4)
cell
Faulty fuel fitting.
Visually inspect fitting for defect or sealing nanges.
Replace
cell.
B.
TOO MUCH FUEL REMAINS IN RIGHT OR LEFT CENTER WING SECTION AFTER FUEL SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEFUELED.
(1)
Improper equipderuel
ment used to
Check that defuelinq hose has a restrictor line (3/8 Inch OD tubing with 0035inch wail thickness, 8 feet
If restrictor line
airplane.
long)
frolrr
to keep boost pump transferring ;nore fuel
available, jack up nose of airplane 8 to g degrees to provide gravity

is not
flow to boost pump

.su~p.
than it receives.
(2)
Check valve
in
Remove
access
plate
on
rear
Install check valve
fuel transfer line reversed,
ejector
spar and inspect valve for proper
check
properly.
installation.
(3) Boost pump fuel bleed flow line not

installed
Remove
access
plate
on
rear
Install line
sparand inspect
joint
or
line for
properly.
properly.
proper installation at
slip
"B"
nut.
(4)
Ejector outlet
to boost pump sump area improperly installed.
Remove access plate on rear wing spar and inspect for
Install ejector to
boost pump
sump
line
proper installation of ejector outlet.

Remove sump drain valve be-
properly.
(5)
screen
Ejector
covered.
inlet
neath
for
ejector and check foreign object~
Remove foreign object and check operation or ejector.
Mas
1/70
28-la-~ Page 101
SABRE LINER
h;lAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PROBABLE CAUSE
C.
ISOLPLTI~ON PROCEDURE
REMEDY
SUCTION
FEED FUEL SUPPLY INSUFFICIENT.
(1) Boost pump check valve does not open.
Through boost pump access door, check boost pump flapper
Clean nlappervvalve seat. Replace pump.
binding,
valve
for
sticking
or
(2)
do not
Boost pump
com-
partment napper valves

allow proper fuel
flow to compartment.
Ifnrough boost pump access door, check eight napper valves for sticking or binding.
Clean
seats.
flapper-valve
Replace
or
rlapper valve
valve s.
28-10-1 Page 102
Mar
1/70
SAB R~E tlNE R.

MAINTENANCE
FUEL TANKS
i.
MANUAL
Defueling Fuel Tan~s

A. Fuel
Servicing Precautions
Defueling should be done out of doors,
100 feet from hangars
or
(1)
witn the
airplane
at
least
other
air~lanes.
(2)
(3)
Place Ground
"HAZARDOUS AREA" signs around airplane.
airplane with two ground wires, from different points on Ground all workstands and power units to same ground airplane. that used for airplane.
as
(4)
All other persons not Stop all other maintenance on airplane. engaged in defueling or inerting ai,rplane should remain clear of the airplane.
On
9.
Defueling
CAIITIOm:
Airplanes Serial
No.
~JA370-2 through
THI~
-ij,
-8 and -9
DC P30T RUm ENGINE TO DEFUEL ~ZTEL TUP~ MAY BE IS RUN UNTIL THE AT TL~E OF
IF TI~
Fr~L SUPPLY IS
be
~OTP,:
The
defueled through fuel feed line at right engine, desired, by following these procedures and substitu5, 6, 8 and 1l, and step ting RH in place of LH in steps i,
fuel
system may
if
(I)
On left overhead forward de essential circuit-breaker
panel,
en-
gaged
the
following clrzuit breakers:

IGT;I 8c BOOST"
(a) (b)
(c)
"LII ENGlNF
"LET,
-~ASTER"
LH
"BOCST ,PUI~-P
sure
(2)
;Iake
J~TTISO:i"
A 1IESTRICTOR TUBE
switch
on
master
and
e~r-
gency overhead switch oanel is at OB".
CAUTION:
IS INSTALLED OPT END OF

~iIBCr
~OSE
TO ROLD THE BOOST PUEIP OUTI)UT FLOW TO A EMPTYING TI~ BOOST PUMP SUMP
THAT IIi~-
:F~NTS
TION
AHEAD OF TEIE CENTER WIP:Cr THIS MILL

BOOST
THE EJECTOR.
(3)
Disconnect
line.
fuel reed line at

a
left
engine;
then colznect
hose
to
Attach
restrl~tor tube
to
(3/8
inch O.D.
:035
inch wall
thickness) by 8 feet)
end of
defueling hose.
source
(4)
Connect
28-volt
de
external power
to
airplane.
Oct
3/77
28-10-2
Page 301
SABRE L1NE~
MA1NTENANCE MANUAL
(5)
actuate
"LEI
ENGINE ~IIASTTR" switch to OTS,
o-pening ier"t
fuel shu~toff valve,
to)
Actuate
vance
fuel cross-feed and tank selector switch to X-~I"ID.
Ad-
left
engine throttle
to
IDLE, opening
both boost cross-feed
valve and tank cross-feed valve and energizing left boost gll~.
(7) (8)
Engage "BOOST
boost pump.
RH
FUEL" circuit oreaker, energizirg right
khen fuel
to
ceases
to
flow from bose to tank
truck,
actuate
l~"t
engine throttle
to
CLOSE,
fuel cross-feed and tanir.selector switch
NORM,
and "LH
ENGINE MASTER" switch to OFF,
(9) (10) (II)

C.
Disconnect external power source and and switches to normal positions.
position
circuit
breakers
Drain residual fuel into closed containers. Connect
(Refer
to
Chapter
12,)
left
fuel feed line
to
left engine.
and
On Airplanes Serial No. i~A370-1 and -7 Defueling -37 not changed by Service Bulletin 74-23,
rjA380-1 through
CAUTION:
DO 40T EIUN
TO DEFUEZ AIIIPLt~E.
TIEE
IS _SUN
MAY L~IE DAMAGED AT TT~,IE
OF ~EIIE-OUT IF TRF: EP~TGITSE
UPJTIL TEE FUEL STfZ)"t~Y IS r:CHAUSTED, ~OTE:

The
if
fuel system may be der"ueled through REI engine fuel filter, desired, by following these procedures and substituting in place of LiI in steps 1, 2, 4, 5 and 7 and in step 6, LII for RH.
overhead lorward de
(1)
On left
essential circuit-breaker
panel,
en-
gage
the
following
circuit breakers:
(a)
(o)
"LEI
IG:3 ac BOOST"
MA3TER"
"BDOST
CAUTION:
LB r~UEL" 01J E~SD OF I3 HOSE TO HOLD THE BOOST PUMP OUTPUT FLOW TO A iACilE THAT PREVENTS EMPTYING THE BOOST P~VIP
A RES~IXCTOR TUBE
(c)
WING COMPARJ~IENTS AHEAD OF T9E CE~R nllPJG THIS WIL~ MEP1T CONTAImLNG TIT4: EJ~CTOR.
BOOST rmE~ CAirITATION DAMAGE.
Remove
move
the
plate
from the
bottom of LE
engine fuel filter and
re-
Filter and attach

a
defueling adapter.
to
(See
a
28-10-1.)
restrictor
tube
to
Connect
defueling hose
adanter.
Attach
to
(3/5
inch O.D.
!.C)35
inch vail
Ehickness)
and line
by 8
long)
or.d
of defueling hose.
Extend hose
tank truck,
28-10-2 Page 302
Oct
3/77
SABRELINEIR
MAINTENANCE
NOTE:
MANUAL
To reduce refueling time, the restrictorcube is not until 334 pounds of fuel is remaining in the tanks.
required
(3)
Connect 28-voli; de Actuate
external power ENGINE
source
to
airplane.
(4)
(5)
"I;E ~mGINE
switch to
ON, opening
fuel shutoff valve.

Actuate
vance
left
~dfuel cross-feed and tank selector switch to opening both boost cross-feed engine throttle to
valve and tank cross-feed valve and
energizing left boost breaker, energizing right
(6) (7)
Engage "BOOST PUMP

boost pump.
RH FUEL"
circuit
When fuel
ceases
to
flow from hose to tank
truck,
actuate
left
engine throttle to CLOSE, and "LH ENGINE to NORM,
fuel cross-feed and tank selector switch
ENGINE
switch to OFF.
(8)
(9) (10)
Disconnect external power source and switches to normal positions.

Drain
position circuit
breakers
and
residual fuel into closed containers.
(Refer
to Chaater
12.)
Disconnect
defueling
hose
from
defuelFng adapter and

on
remove
adap-
ter and reinstall
filter and plate
fuel filter.
D.
On Airplanes NA370-I and -7 and ~JPL380-1 through -37 changed Defueling Bulletin 74-23 and NA38O-38 and Later. by Service
CAUT~ON:
DO ?TOT RUN
TO DEFUEL
TII~ OF IF ME
IS
~L
PUMP ~IAY SE DAE~AGED AT TIUN UNTIL TE~4: FUEL SUPPLY IS
NOTE:
The if
in
desired, by fellowing
place
of LH in
fuel system may be defueled through the RH fuel feed line, these procedures and substituting ~ili
steps 1 through 3 and 5,
and 8 and in step
7,
L;R for RR.
ii)
On left
gage the
overhead fo~-ard de essential circuit-breaker
panel,
ec-
following circuft breakers:

IGN
(a) (b)
(c)
"LH ENGINE
"LB ENGITSE
"BOOST PUMP
lower
to
BOOST"
LB mTEL" door
(2)
Remove
access
access
fromoottom of
rear
fuselage
to
gain
LH
engine fuel feed line drain
cock.
CAUTiLON:
A RESTRICTOR TUBE IS E~IPTYIBG THE BOOST
OPT FPTD OF
TO 90r;D TIIEI BOOST PU1~P OUTPUT FLOW TO A S~III) CENTER ~ITTG
TI~T
?E~-
28-10-2
Oct
3/77
Page 303
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
~NTS P~1FAD OF THE CENTER WIT~

THE E~CTOR. TION TI1IS WILL
300ST
(3)
~emove
a a
defueling
Con~ect "5" nut with drain cock from LII fuel reed line. Attach hose to "B" nut fitting or? La fuel feed line. restrictor tube (3j8 inch O.D. (~035 inch wall thickr,ess) bJ 8
feet
long)
to end or
derueling hose.
Sxtend hose
and line
to
tanL,
truck.
(4)
Connect 28-volt
de
external power EmGI~TE
source
to
airplane.
Actuate
"IdI
switch to
ON, opening
left
fuel
shutoff valve.
(6)
Actuate
vance
fuel cross-feed and tank selector switch to :(-~eed.
Ad-
left
enginethrottle
to
IDL~, opening
both boost
cross-feed
valve
and tank cross-feed valve and energizing left boost pump.

Ei~ FUEL"
circuit
(7)
Engage
boost pump.
breaker, energizing right
(a)
When fuel
to
ceases
to to
flow from hose to tank
truck,
actuate
left
engine throttle
CLOSE,
fuel cross-reed and tank selector switch

ETTGITSE
NORM,
and "LH ENGINE
switch to OF1~.
(9) (10)
Disconnect exterlal power source and position circuit breakers and switches to normal positions.
Drain residual fuel into closed containers. Disconnect defueling hose

nut
(Refer
to
Chapter
12.)
(11)
from "3"
nut
fitting and reinstall "~3"
with drain cock.
28-10-2
Page 304
Oct
3/Ti7
SA~3RE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL DEFUELING ADAPIIER
(MODIFIED
~a4
0~
FU~L FILTER PLATE OR MAKE FROM
FLAT STOCK AND I1DD
GASII~T)
it
WELD OR BRAZING
.!I/e
-~Jf
~TYPI CAL F~TTINC
(~!8
INCH I.D.
ENGINE FUEL FILTER
P;N 5003~9rP04
DEFUELING EiOSE
ATTACHMENT
53802-485
Fuel Defueling
Oct
Adapter Figure 2~-10-1
28-10-2
3/77
Page 305
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
i.
Handling Fuel Cells

SoecislL attention should be
given
to
the
care
and
handling or the n2rlon
bladder-tJpe fuel sells.

2.
Removing Fuselage Fuel Tank

Access to the cell is t~rough the
and
fuselage
rear
section lower
access
door
large door in the art race of the tank compartment, fuselage The fuel rittings to be disconnected are readily accessible from the art side and through doors in the fuselage rear section below the Removal of the filler assembly provides access to the top or the cell. tank.
a
through station 357
A.
Remove
fuselage tank
as
follows:
(1)
Cover all disconnected
openings
as
soon
as
fittings, "B" nuts, screen, and. possible to protect fuel system.
all cell
MAKE SURE ~TTERY SWITCH IS OFF AND MTEENPZ ELECTRICAL POWER IS DISCONNECTED FROM AIRPLANE; MAY RESU~LT IN AN GCPLOSION.
FAILURE TO DO THTS
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Remove all necessary heat and vent lines access panel and tank connections.
in front
of
fuselage tank
In left top aft portion or cell, disconnect lines and dual integral level control valve.
Disconnect fuel vent line.
to
check valve
Remove nuts
Remove
outer
from inner
panel support
studs
(four).
in
a
panel.
Place bolts and washers

inner
bag
and mark.
(7) (d)
Mark location of four
panel.
On
Bag bolts and

or"
washers
panel support studs; then remove inner Remove "0" ring. and mark.
right top
Remove fuel probe
cell, disconnect fuel quantity coaxial cables. assembly.

vent
(9)
Remove boss
Remove bolts
assembly holding
line in position.
(gA)
four bolts and washers

are
on
from fuel cell or the aft
support pad.
These
the
forward side from inside and
cabin bulkhead.
(10)
(II)
Remove vent
line
cell.
from a2t
Remove
check valves
T-fitting assembly
end of top
or
cell.
(12)
Remove
24 bolts
structure.
r"rcan
ly
to
plate holding dual integral level valve Bag bolts and washers; then mark.
assemb-
Jul
6/73
e8-~o-3
PsSe 401
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) (14)
Remove
five bolts attaching plate washers; then mark.
to
valve
r"lange.
Bag bolts
an~
Remove five countersunk

valve. Remove valve.
screws
holding dual integral level control

then mark.
Bag
screws;
(15)
(16) (17) (18)
Remove 10 bolts, 10 washers, and l0St;at-0-Seal seals from gravity drain valve assembly. Bag raw stock; then mark.
Cover
gravity drain valve assembly
rith
protective covering.
Remove
Remove three bolts and washers
rrom fuel cap mounting ring.
gasket.
Remove 16 bolts
and
washers
phenolic ring.
Bag bolts
and
holdi~p; fuel cap mounting ring washers; then mark.
to
tig)
Remove three
countersu;rk
screws
opening.
Bag screws; then mark.
from phenolic ring to fuel cell Remove remaining parts of
assembly.
(20)
Remove tiio bolts and. washers

or
from
cell
support pad in forwarc! side
cell.
RemovelO bolts and
washers
from cell
support
pads
on
top
of
cell.
Bag bolts and washers;
then mark.
(22) (23)
3
Disconnect
Remove
cell
cell
from
support springs. bay.
Installing Fuselage Fuel Tank

NO~:
protective covers and/or coating from fuel cell fittings, and carefully ~ipe rittin@;s clean before installation or "O" Do not smear Retain "O" rings in groove. rings or mating parts. petroleum over metal surface.
Remove and discard all
iuryue
QLI UVI
The
fuselage fuel tank is manufactured from nJlon fiber which will shrink Due to this possible shrinkage the cell. a prolonged storage period. should be submerged in water which has been heated to L200F and soaked for 4 hours. Subsea_uerrt to the soaking period, the cell shouldoe
over
installed within 24 hours. WARNING: MAKE SURE BATTERY s"WITCH IS OFF AND MTERNAL ELECTRICAL POWE~ IS MAY RESIILT IN DISCONNECTED FROM AUII"LANE; F4ILURE TO DO
MPLOSION.
A.
Install fuselage tank
as
follows:
t~Lr
(1) (2)
aa-~a-3
Pege $02
Make
sure
all
containers;
then dust
support springs have been positioned in cell with talcum powder.

Make
on
sure
Fold tank for is
installation. for
face aft.
gravity feed valve oDering

aft
positioned
installation
bottom and.
cell
o-oer,ing
is
oositioned to
Oct
3/77
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(3)
With
one
mechanic
reed
in
carefully
cell
fuselage rear section ready to receive cell, through fuselage rear section access opening. compaY.tment
access
(4)
Slide
through spring hookups.

cell
cell
opening and unfold for
CAUTION:
IF LINER TAPE HAS BEEN REPLACED QR IF SEALANT HAS BEEN APPLIED OVER
TAPE,
A~LLOW 4 TO 6 HOURS DRMNG TIME BEFORE
INS1CALLING CELL.
N~:
As
a
help
in
cell,
Secure
on
to reduce
positioning the five support pads on top of possibility of damage, cut off boltheads and
radius ends of five 2-inch full-threaded

a
l/lc-inch
sure
bolts.
it
screws
nut for
each locator stud
and make
and off
the
stud
easily.
(5)
Place
are
the
There locating stud in one side of each cell support pad. and fuel the around access one on probe pads positioned left aft top area.
a
four
Install cell
support hanger springs
in the
following
sequence.
NOTE:
helpful method of positioning the springs is as follows: a piece of strong nylon; tie cord about 20 inches long; 8-inch then build an loop with a slip bow tie at one end. Hook up one end of spring to retainer cup, put loop around the other end; then pull on string and guide spring end into Untie slip bow and pull string out. its retainer cup.
Take
at left
(.a) (b) (c) (7)

Have
and
Starting
In top of
top of cell,
center center and
install top two
springs. springs.
springs.
cell, cell,
forward, right,
install two install two
In top of
one
and to
top of fuselage rear section at filler neck access Position top or cell to push top of cell upwards. top of compartment so that guide studs will go through proper Have man on top of fuselage put stud nuts on studs and holes. draw cell into position.
man
on one
man
to
(8)
(9)
Install proper bolts and washers beside each stud,

and
remove
studs,
install
remaining bolts and washers.

install cell
Continue
to
support hangar springs.
(a) ~b)
(c)
On forward side at On forward left
top,
install two
springs. springs.
springs.
side, side,
install two upper

install two upper
On forward right
Mar
1/70
28-10-3
Page 403
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10)
Have
Through
go inside fuselage forward section to art bulkhead. fuselage bulkhead, installfot~ bolts and washers in The man can assist by cell support pad in forward side or cell. centering pad from inside of cell,
one man
aft
(11)
Continue to install cell
support hanger springs. bottom,

install three
one
(a)
On forward
side,
on
springs,
two
(b)
(c) (d) (12)
On left side,
three
along bottom,
forward
and
aft,
install
springs.
one
On
right side, springs.
forward bottom and two
aft,
install three
On aft side,
bottom.
install three
springs
on
top
and threeon
Install filler neck
assembly
over
in
right
side
of
aft
fuselage.
(a)
Place
phenolic ring
over
mounting ring and cell pad.
"0" ring; then place fuel cap Align holes in two units phenolic ring.
three
Install
cowrtersunk
screws.
(b) (c)
Place
265-484083 gasket
on
inside metal hole.
down,
Place
rim or
access
Place ring, gasket ring. Install 16 bolts and washers.
on fuel cap mounting ring and align Insert hand in ring hole, lift upward until gasket is next to metal ring; then install three bolts and Install fuel cap. washers.
265-484082 gasket
bolt holes.
(13)
Remove protective
Attach bottom of cell to drain
covering from gravity drain valve assembly. assembly flange with 10 bolts,
10
washers,
and 10 Stat-O-Seal seals.
(14)
On upper
left,
aft
side,
install dual integral Level control valve.
(a)
Position valve
assembly,
screws.
align holes;
then install
five
1/4-
inch countersunk
(b)
Position
install
265-484073 gasket inside solid plate. Position 265-484074 gasket next to valve flange and align holes; then
solid
plate
to valve and
structure.
(c)
Install five
l/lc-inch
bolts and washers

washer
flange,
then install
24 bolts and
through plate to valve through plate to
structure.
(15)
In left
valve
top aft portion assembly.
or
cell,
install
"T" fitting and check
;18-10-3
Page 404
jul
6/73
SPL; &R EL E P~ E TZ
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(a)
Make
Jam nut
or damaged. "0" portion or fitting threads. between threaded in be should portions. positioned groove ring
sure
"O" ring
on
"T" fitting is not nicked
should be
on
upper
ii
(b)
Install "T"
valve
fitting and check valve assembly (P/N F61A0208), with flapper hinge positioned at the top. When "O" ring touches surface of pad and check valvepoints aft, tighten jam nut.
should
Arrows
point
toward
"T" fitting.
NOTE: Malre
sure
cheek valve
(P/N F6LA0208)
at
is
installed vlth is marked
flapper hinge positioned

not function
as
the
top; otherwise, valve will
intended.
The
hinge
the outside hex portion or the valve
location
body
on
with red
dye.
(16)
Install overboard vent line inside
cell.
(a)
Install line
265-488415
inside cell with aft end

end
protruding
in
through hole mounting pad.
in cell and forward
aligned
with holes
Install two
l/lc-inc~
bolts
and rashers.
(b)
Install
end of
screws.
"O" ring inside boss at flaylge end. Slide boss over line; then bolt to tank with three l/lc-inch countersunk
(c)
Position. ket
over boss flange and 265-484071 gasPosition plate over boss flange and mounting plate. Bolt plate to boss with three align with holes. structure; to structure with 16 bolts and bolts and l/lc-inch washers,
264-484072 gasket
inside
and washers.
(17)
Install fuel probe- in right top or"
cell.
two
(a)
(b)
Position and install fuel

screws.
probe with
l/ic-inch
and
countersunk
Position
2~5-484099 gasket
inside of
on
probe Ilange
265-484100
gasket
on
mounting plate.
(c)
(d)
Install plate to structure with 16 bolts and washers and two 1/4-inch bolts and washers. Hook up fuel quantity coaxial cables
to
probe~
(18)
Install aft inner close-out door.
(a) (b) (c)
Install "O"
ring
(180-948040-5)
door
in open groove.
Position inner
access
and install
sixteen
1/4-inch
bolts
and washers.
Leave
previously
marked holes
open.
Slide a piece or Install four support studs in marked holes. loc~wire through holes in end or studs (about 2 feet); double
and twist
ends.
Install gasket
on
outer
access
panel.
Oct
3/77
T)age 405
SAIE~-RE L1 ~C ER
MAINPENANCE
MANUAL
(d) (e) (f) tig) (20)

4.
Position outer
panel
next to
airplane structure;
four loops of lockwire through matching holes in
pull panel.
then
the
Install panel with 53 bolts and washers.

Pull
on
studs;
then
lockwire until studs come through holes, Remove sa~ety wire. tighten nuts.
place
nuts
on
Install fuel vent line. Install B" nuts

on
dual
integral
level control valve
and check
valves,
Replacement or Fuel Vent Nozzle and Flame Arrestzr Assembly

A.
Removing Fuel Vent Nozzle and Flame Arrester Assembly
(1)~
Remove fuel vent Remove

six
screws
plastic tail fairing.

through mounting flange or vent nozzlz.
Use
care
(2)
11
(3)
Slide nozzle assembly ofP je-ctisan line". vent line.
not
to
dama~e
(4)
(5)
B.
Remove gasket and
check
condition
or
for
re-use.
Close opening with clean cloth removal of tape can generate a
spark
paper; do not use tape, because and cause an explosion.
Installing Fuel Vent Nozzle
and Flame Arrester
Assembly
one
(1) (2)
(3)
Position gasket over nozzle mounting flan@;e with top and the other two over existing screw heads. Slide nozzle Install
5/16
hole to
assembly
screw
into position
so
attach holes
match gasket.
10
screws
lllc-inch
and washer in top hole
and No.
with washers in remaining holes.
Tighten
screws
evenly.
10
screws
(4)
Torque
to
1/4-inch
screw
to
40-70 inch.-pounds.
Torque No.
20-25 inch-pounds.
(5)
Install fuel vent

screws.
Draw up
plastic tail fairing. snugly.
Use
twelve 7515-10-11
X~a-37a-2 through
-6,
-8 and -9
28-~0-3
Page 406
Jul
6/73
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1.
Maintaining Fuselage Fuel Tank

NOTES:
Goodyear bladder type fuel cells made be repaired.
of
ETC-39 material
cannot
Nylon sandwich material (5200/5187, 5063, used for all inside fuel cell repair. Repairs
do not
to
or
P.F.
10056)
is
fuel
a
cells with
cover
nylon sandwich material (5200/5187)
require
patch.
Nylon sandwich material (5063 or P.F. 10056) used as repair material on a fuel cell containing a fabric liner require a cover patch of nylon fabric (5188 or equivalent).
Fuel
cover
cells
containing patch.
gum
rubber
inner
liner do
not
require
A.
Materials i.
Required
for
Repair of Bladder-type Fuel Cells
Table
Bladder-type
Fuel Cells
Repair Materials
I
DESCRIPTION
MFR PART NO.
5200/5187
US Rubber Co.
Sheet
both
nylon sandwich, cured sides, inside repair patching material
5188 US Rubber Co.
(or equivalent)
Sheet nylon fabric, cured both sides, outside repair patching material
5063 US Rubber Co.

P.F.
or
Sheet
Buna-N, nylon sandwich,

both
10056 Firestone
Rubber Co.
Tire
(or equivalent)
sides (for self-sealing cells), inside repair material cured
EC-678 Minnesota
Cement
aromatic,
Mining
Sr
Mfg.
Co
fuel-resistant
(Specification
quart
MIL-A-9117)
One
MEK
Solvent
No.
80
Cloth
abrasive
aluminum oxide
28-10-4 801
o
COPYRIGHT,
1983 BY ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
Mar
15/83~age
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.
Repairing Fuel
CAUTION:
Cells
No
the
repairs are to be made on the radius of a cell or in No damaged areas, such as fitting area of a cell. cuts and tears, larger than one inch are to be repaired
in
the
field.
(1)
Repair
access
cuts
to
in
fuel cells
area
can
while be
cell
is
installed
in
damage
a
obtained
through
access
door
airplane, if or by
removal
of
cell
unit.
(2)
Drain around
fuel
supply system; damaged area.
then, with
cloth, dry
cell
surface
(3)
Lightly and thoroughly buff a piece of cured US Rubber Co 5200/5187 nylon sandwich material large enough to cover damage at least
2
in, from
cut
in any
direction.
Excessive
CAUTION:
methyl ethyl ketone sparingly. damage sandwich material.

Use
use
will
(4)
(5)
Wash buffing dust

Cement
cement
off with of
methyl ethyl ketone solution.

coats
to
buffed
and
side
allow each Use
patch with two coat to dry 10
of
EC-678 black
rubber
15 minutes.
CAUTION:
methyl ethyl ketone sparingly.

sandwich material
be
Excessive
use
will
damage
(6)
Buff
cell
area
to
cloth No. solution.
60;
then wash off
patched lightly and thoroughly with abrasive buffing dust with methyl ethyl ketone
(7)
Coat
buffed
area
with
to
two
coats to
of EC-678 black
rubber
cement
and
allow each
coat
dry 10
of
15 minutes. and cemented of
(8)
Freshen
cemented
area
patch
area
cell with
methyl ethyl (9)

While
ketone
solution.
still tacky (touch with knuckle of hand to check for area is tackiness), apply edge of patch to edge of cemented area, centering patch over cut in cell.
a on
(10)
With
area
roller cell.
down
it
or
blunt
instrument, roll
to
one
or
press
a
patch
so
to
cemented
roll
not
or
Hold
part of patch off cemented

in,
across
area,
and
as
press
one-half
at
time,
to
trap air between patch and cell.
(11)
Apply
area,
suitable
weight (shot bag)

disturb it
in.
of
about 35 Ibs
to
repaired
and do not
for
hours. of
to
(12)
Seal
patch
to
one-half
from
edge
coat
rubber cement.
Allow first
before
patch with two dry one hour or
coats
more.
of
EC-678
Allow
patch
28-10-4
set
24 hours
fueling.
Page 802
Mar
15/83
COPYRIGHT,
1983
BY
ROCKWELL
INTERNATIONAL
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2.
Maintaining Integral Wing Fuel

A.
Tanks
General Precautions
(1)
Always remember that cleanness work is being performed on the

tank.
is
required
of
whenever maintenance
the
interior
integral wing fuel
(2) (3)
Screws
and grooves must be

or
degreased (with trichlorethylene).

even
Chips
other
foreign matter, clog

of
though
very
small may hold and

interfere
apart the sealing elements (Includine rubber-type seals), causing
leaks,
and
may also
screens
in
the fuel
lines
with the
operation
the
flapper check valves.
(4)
All
available injection holes in an area to be reinjected should be used, and in proper sequence. Attempting to force sealant through too long a portion of a groove can result in side extrusion. Where
there is
(5)
Extrusion of
internal access, resealed areas should be inspected. the tank interior can cause the excess sealant into
work
fuel
system
to
incorrectly by clogging
be
valves and
A
screens.
(6)
Fasteners
should
not
turned
on
Stat-O-Seals. and
seal.
washer should
always
be used
between the bolthead
(7)
Careless
serve
as
insertion of
a
screws
through Stat-O-Seals
causes
threads
to
rasp.
door bolts
(8)
Stat-O-Seals used with several door removals.
access
should
Stat-O-Seals
should be
be replaced after replaced sooner if
damaged.
(9)
Sealed
fasteners
in the
integral wing
fuel
tank
area
should
be
retorqued periodically.
(10)
Do
not
attempt
of
temperature
not
at
to inject sealant into groove-sealed areas when Resealing wing structure is less than about 45"F.
is easiest at
skin temperatures above 65"F.
This
restriction does sealed
apply
any
to
individually sealed
screws.
They
my be
readily
temperature.
(11)
If
organic coating inside integral wing tank area peels or becomes scratched, refer to procedure for applying sealing compound to interior surfaces of integral wing tanks.
(12)
When
loosening
Do
skin
fastener, know
to
which
type of
out
nut
secures
the
fastener.
to
not
begin
back the
nuts.
fastener
until
to
you
know how
for
identify identifying
nut.
For nut
identification,
refer
procedure
hidden wing skin
28-10-4
o
COPYRIGHT, 1983
BY
ROCKWELL
INTERNATIONAL
Mar
15/83Page
803
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.
Identifying
Nut
Hidden
TJing Skin
and
Nuts
bumper nuts are used to secure the skin individually sealed fasteners must be backed off for the installation of an O-ring, it is necessary to identify the nuts. The type of nut can usually be determined during the first part of a turn of the fastener. If the fastener is secured with a nut plate, it will start turning with a sudden breakaway, and it will rise from the hole as it is turned. If it does not break and rise, it may be secured with either a bumper nut or an AN365 nut.
fasteners.
Because
plates, AN365 nuts,
the
NOTE:
Do
not
turn
fastener
more
than
two
turns
if
it
does
not
begin
to
rise.
C.
Wing Sealing
Procedures
Leaks
(See figure 28-10-501.) (See figure 28-10-803.)
D.
Identifying
Stopping
Leaks
and
Stains
E.
Leaks
through the structure of the integral wing fuel tanks will appear through the two different types of seals which are used: mechanical-rubber Stat-O-Seals and Gask-O-Seals, and nonhardening sealant. Leakage through the first type of seal occurs around bolts sealed with Stat-O-Seals, or around Gask-O-Seal access doors. These leaks can be stopped by retorquing the fasteners, or by replacing the
Stat-O-SeaP washers
or
Gask-O-Seal doors.
Leakage through nonhardening sealants can usually be stopped by This is always the first step. If tightening the screws or bolts. tightening does not stop the leak, reinjection of sealant is necessary. To reinject sealant, first find whether the leak is through a groove-type seal or through an individual screw seal; then refer to applicable reinjection procedure.
F.
Replacing Torq-Set
Torq-Set
of
screws screws
are
Screws
used
a a
these
are
have
screws
having
not
either
in many locations in the wing structure. Most standard diameter. However, in some location, 0.015-or a 0.031-in. oversize shank are used.
a
These
easily identified, except by

table
shows the thread
part
and
number. the
(1)
The
each
following
screw
size
part numbers
The
for
of
standard
diameter and
is
oversize
on
Torq-Set
screws.
part
number
stamped
must
a
the head.
(2)
Oversize
screws
be
replaced
screw
with oversize in
screws
of
the
same
diameter.
will used
Using
sealed
standard
result
in
a
in weakened area,
a
structure.
place of an In addition,
result.
oversize
screw
if
the
screw
is
poor
seal
will
(3)
Because
these
of
screws
are
similar in
the
method
identification is
appearance, the number of the head.
only
sure
Screws
should
be
checked
carefully before being replaced.
28-10-4
Page 804
Mar
15/83
COPYRIGHT,
1983 BY ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PART NUMBERS FOR OVERSI~ DIAMETER HIGH-STRENGTH FLUSH BOLTS

OVERSI~ SHANK
THREAD
STD DIA
0.015 IN.
0.031 IN.
10-32 NF-3A
7s34-3 7s34-4
7s34-31
7s34-41
7s34-3e 7s34-42
1/4-28
UNF-3A
5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/20
UNF-3A
7s34-5 7s34-6
7s34-7
7s34-51
7s34-61 7s34-71
7s34-52
7s34-62
UNF-3A UNF-3A
7s34-72
7s34-82
UNF-SA
UNF-3A
7s34-8 7s34-9
dash number indicates
7s34-81
7s34-91
nominal
9/16-18
7s34-92
grip length
in
Length code:
Last
16ths.
7834-41-10 indicates a 1/4-28 Torq-Set Example of past numbers: recess screw with 0.015-inch oversize shank and 5/18-inch nominal
grip length.
G.
Repetitive Leaks Around Individually Sealed

It is possible that
even
Screws
stains will reappear

has been done
at
an
individually sealed screw,

stains
when
screw
the
torquing might be
properly.
countersink
If repetitive
develop,
or
too
long,
the
might
be
elongated,
the
Check for cause might be tilted in relation to the countersink. or repetitive leaks and repair. First, back out screw and inspect threads for signs of bottoming on nut. If threads show such signs, reIf screw is of proper length, place screw with one of proper length. With an elongated counterinspect countersink for damage or elongation. sink, a gap might show at one side of screwhead. Such a countersink
screw
should be reworked. whether it

is
If countersink is not
screw.
a
damaged
or
elongated,
can
check
aligned with the
This condition
be
identified
counter-
by
tilted screwhead.
Also,
gap
countersink until just before sink should be made.

K.
screw
might appear between is fully tightened.
the head and the A

new
Loading Groove-sealant Injection

The
Gun
groove- sealant inj ection guns are air-pres sure-operated and handThe guns should be loaded so that no air is trapped in the operated. Precautions must be taken so that no grease or oil sealing compound.
will contact the
sealant.
Mar
1/70
28-10-4
Page 805
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
INDIVIDUAL SCREW SEALING
O
ovec
Parliolly beck
out
~crw.
Do not
from nut. In,toll new "0" ring rcrewheod and po~itioning it
completely by
on ~craw
it very
carefully adiocenl to
(crewheocl.
O li.Mn Irrr..nd I.qu

"Q RING
I.
Rquind
*.iu.
SEALING GROOVE
GROOVE-tYPE SEALING
EAD SEALING
IIIII
GOOD SULINO
NOtE:
rib
dition, iollow
flange
Sealant rsueeling OUt from between ~kin and ,par or indicate, a poor groovstype ,eol. To correct thi~ con3
throogh 5.
f~N1KrloN
HOLE SCRIW
Cle.n oH Itrudd ,alanl.
t~l Torqu nwrby

5~LINO GIOOM~
SE*LAFn I..urra ron*n.~
Remove
ant
Ilcrew, from iniection ogoin, ond replace Icrew,
in that area,
in
inject
~MI-
injection holer.
rllel.sl
2~-10-4 Page 806
Wing Sealing Procedures Figure ~8-10-801
Mar
1/70
SAB R E Li N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TORQ-SFT FASTENERS SOCKFT ADAPTER AND DRIVER BiT
TORO-SET FASTENER TORQUE
table for
Q~a
11 1111
FASTENER
COML NO.
Torq-Se~ and high-strength bolt torque 100-degree flush bolts (heat-treated to 160,000-180,000 psi). Torque values in the table apply to all nuts except the shear type. The higher values should be used when tarquing heads of bolts; however, these values should not be exceeded by more than 10 percent.
This is
a
SIZE
DRIVER Elf
TORQUE IN. LB
NAA STD
TS3CJ TUS.J
753U
7S29A-3
753
lest
EX-I 70-3/16
25-35
754
15154
7S7Cs
1/4-28
EX-I 70-1 /4
70-90
fSS
7535-5
5/1624
EX-170-5/16
140-203
TSb 757
7534-6
75556
3/8-24
7/1 6-20
EX-110-3/8 EX-I 70-7/16 EX-1MI/I
190-351
500-756 690-990
7574-7 75JS-f
NOTE
length profile
to
The 7535 fastener has shorter threaded

save
TSB
7534~)
7535-5
1/)-20
weight
and
is
used
with
Jow-
759
9/16-18
EX-I 70-9/16
1000-1440
nuts.
Mar
i!70
Integral Wing h;rel Tank Fastener Tor~ue Table PiQ;ure 28-10-802
Aa
28-~0-4
page 807
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
CLASS A STAIN
1/2 TO 1-1/2 IN. DIAMETER
CLASS C HEAVY SEEP

a A Cla~l C reap on ths outsr wing panele thould bs recorded and need not be ctopped, but a Cla~, C Ieep within any area or in on areo that will allow seepoge into an enclo,ed oreo fumer condition. Thb condition b eoule for con create a immediate grounding of the airplane until a repair ir mads.
CLASS B STAIN
a
CI~I, A or Cla,~ 8 rtoim should be recorded but until airplane i~ grounded need not be for other mainknoncs.
LAIGER
2/1-3RIN. ETEM*IO OR
aapa
-I:
i
CLASS D LEAK
1-1/2 TO 3-1/2 IN. DIAMETER
con
far Ieakr, Af(~r each areal ,hould be cleaned ~o that future be evaluated accurately.
lealrage
rUH WILL USIMLLY BEGlN TO OR\r nZeE.
ABOUT 4 TO DIAMETER
IN.
Ig
running leolr anywhere
tbs
on
A Clole D leak i, any

coule
the wing, and
is
for
grounding
until
repair
i~
made.
28-~0-4 Page 808
Wing Leak CLassirication Figure
Mar
1-/70
NA-69-420
Ma~INTENANCEMANUAL

1. If it is necessary to clean gun, wash it in toluol. 7.
2. Remove
loading chamber from gun barrel; depress loading piston to bottomed condition.
Roll groove-sealant (DC94-011) into a cylindrical plug about 1-3/4 to 2 inches in diameter.
Continue injecting along groove until been sealed.

scrape away most of excess groove
area
has
8. After final installation of
injection hole
screws,
3.
Tltere is no substilu~forsealantDC 94-011. Tl~e ofcuri~tg-type sealants makes repair by fl~e injection melltod ingossible in case offulure
use
sealant with wood or a plastic blade; remove remainder with toluol (Federal Specification TT-T-548) or cleaning solvent. Do not use toluol on any surfaces coated with corrosion resistant finish.
Sealing Wing Forward Spar Splioe Plates

The right or left wing forward spar splice plates can be resealed while the wing is attached to the fuselage. This may be necessary if a fuel leak should develop in this area. The airplane should be in a hanger long enough to allow the airplane temperature to be the same as the hangar temperature. The higher the airframe temperature, the easier it is to force out the old sealant and replace it with new sealant.
1. Remove center floorboard
access
leakage.
4. Insert
cylindrical plug of sealant into loading chamber; tamp compound with a wooden stick, Fill nozzle pump casting with compound, leaving threads exposed for reassembly.
gun.
5.
Reassemble
6. When the air-pressure-operated injection gun is used, the air pressure should be 100 (e25, -10)
psi. Iqjecting Sealant
panel.
Into Grooves
2. Remove lower
access
door.
Injection of sealant into groove-sealed areas should not be attempted when the temperature of the wing structure itself is below 401". Whenever possible, it
is recommended that the temperature of the structure be at least 77F. Injection is easier at higher temperatures. Ease of injection may further be increased by heating the loaded gun to a temperature not greater than llOF. However, it is emphasized that a controlled method of heating must be used, because high temperatures are harmful to the sealant.
3. Remove a sealantscrewfrom~ top and bottom skin at outboard edge of wing splice plate.
4.
Load groove-sealant gun. (Refer to procedure for loading groove-sealant injection gun.) Keeping the loaded groove-sealanti4iection gun heated to the maximum temperature will help to inject the
sealant.
5 Place nozzle tip of gun into countersink ofinjection hole in skin at outboard edge of wing splice plate. Hold gun firmly in position and depress
groove-sealant injection gun. 2. Remove injection hole screws where

NOTE When
i. Load
necessary.
trigger for about 30 seconds. Release trigger and allow piston to return to its original position.
(Piston return will take at least 5 seconds.) Continue sequence until all of the old forced out of bottom hole. 6.
compound
is
ilreiankgrooves, tlte injection holes to eitlter side lip sltould be unplugged

3.
Retorque all fasteners
in
area
to be sealed.
Replace sealant screws removed in step 3. Using a wooden or plastic blade, remove excess groove sealant; then use toluol or cleaning solvent to
remove
on
4. Place nozzle tip of gun into countersink of an injection hole. Hold gun furmly in position and depress trigger for about 30 seconds. Release trigger and allow piston to return. (Piston return will take at least 5 seconds.) Continue sequence until compound flows out of acijacent injection holes for a minimum distance of 1/8 inch above skin surface.
5.
remainder of sealant. Do not
use
toluol
any surfaces coated with corrosion-resistant
finish.
7 Install lower
access
door.
access
8. Install center floorboard
panel.
Replace injection screw in hole in which injection

gun has been inserted.
6. Move gun
tip to adjoining hole through which compound has been forced, and repeat steps 4
and 5.
28-1 0-04
Page
Q
809
Nov 12/93
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCEMANUAL

Rework of Individually Sealed Screws All individually sealed screws on the wing are sealed with "0" rings. The "O" rings may be replaced in the
2.
Immediately wipe solventoffwith anotherclean, dry cheesecloth.
following
1.
manner:
Partially back out affected screw. Do not completely disengage screw from nut. This is especially true where bumper nuts are used, since the nut may drop into the tank.
a
3. Where bare metal has been exposed by more than just a scratch, apply chemical film treatment to bared surface.
4. 5.
2. Remove old
knife
or
or leaking O-ring by cutting it with by stretching it over screwhead.
Apply sealing compound to area. If Topcoating is to be used, apply two coats, allowing a minimum of 20 minutes between coats. Use PR-1005L for Topcoating.
NOTE
No coaling sl~ould be sealed witlt gaskets or
3. Make sure countersink and counterbore area in skin is thoroughly clean and absolutely free of all chips and foreign matter.
4.
Install
5.
O-ring seal by stretching it very screwhead and positioning it on screw shank adjacent to screwhead. Tighten screw and torque to required torque value (see figure 28-10-802.)
a new
surfaces to
carefully
over
air-dry beforejoini~tg.
applied to a~y surface O-rings. Allow joining nti~timunt of30 n~9ules
Use caution not to cut
or
Damaged o-ring seals unused o-ring seals
must be
damage o-ring seal. replaced witl~
Substitute Fasteners for Inaccessible Areas of Sealed Wing The restricted use of do-bolts is approved in repair procedures. It mustbe noted that the areas of use and the number of substitute fasteners in given areas are limited. Ifs substitution is to be made where channel
nuts to
are
ensure a
installed, special precautions are necessary good seal and solid fastening.
to Interior Sur-
Applying Sealing Compound faces of Integral Wing Tanks
When work is done inside the wing, the coating on the interior surfacesmay become peeled or scratched. When this happens, the damaged coating should be
touched up.
1.
Wipe damaged areawith clean cheesecloth dampened with cleaning solvent.
28-1 0-04
Page 810
S~A IE~R E L~I. N E R

MAINTENAN%E MANUAL
FUEL SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION.

i.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Fuel Control
Systems
the fuel boost p~rmp system, the fuel fuel supply, and the fuel transfer system
The fuel control cross-reed

and their
systems consist of system, the suction-feed
components.
A.
Fuel Boost The fuel
Pump System
supplyfor the engines is normally delivered to the engine-driven These pumps are positioned on the by two fuel boost pumps. and are single-speed, side-mounted, rear sp~ in the wing center seclon, 28-volt de motor. driven a by submerged units,
fuel pumps
jet-type fuel transfer ejectors,, one in the forward left wing center compartment and one in th~ right wing forward center compartment, utilize fuel. bleed flow from their respective boost pump as a motivating power to transfer fuel from the low point in their areas to the boost pump The pumps, thereby, maintain a high fuel level in the sump compartment. boost p~unp slunp compartments in airplane nose-down attitudes and when fuel supply is low.
Two The boost primps are powered through the RH FUEL" circuit breakers "BOOST PUMP
on
Two rail-safe
boost pump and right fuel boost pump, relays,.lert The left boost pump normally control the power input to the boost primps. supplies fuel to the left engine-driven fuel pump, and.the right boo~t Rowpump normally supplies fuel to the right engine-driven fuel plunp.
ever, if a malfunction causes either boost pump to cease operating, the cross-feed system should be placed in operation, allowing either boost
fuel
"BOOST PUMP LB FUEL" and the the 28-volt de essential bus.
pump to
B.
supply
fuel to both
engine-driven fuel pumps.
Fuel Cross-feed
System
system is used to balance the fuel load in the wing system has two fuel valves (tank cross-feed valve and boost cross-feed valve) and the necessary relays and switches to The system is also tied into the boost pump relay actuate the valves. the deactivation or either boost pump when wing fuel circuit, allowing
The fuel cross-feed
tanks. The cross-feed
balance is desired.
The fuel cross-feed system is

controlled
powered by the 28-volt de essential bus The mode by a four-position "FUEL" (mode selector) switch. selector switch controls the four functions of the fuel cross-feed system.
four functions
of the fuel cross-feed system are normal fuel supply, supply, right-hand tank fuel supply, and left-hand tank The following paragraphs discuss the operation or these
The
fuel
cross-feed fuel
supply.
functions
Jul
6/73
28-~0-0
Page 1
~ABR EEI
MAINTENANCIE
ER
MANUAL
(1)
Normal Fuel
Supply
"1
Normaloperation or the cross-reed system is accomplished by positioning the mode selector switch at NORMAT;. With the switch at NORMAl;r no control circuits to the cross-feed valve circuitry are energized, both cross-feed valves are closed, and all warning and caution lights are off, In this mode, each engine is supplied with fuel from its respective boost pump and wing tank, independent of
the other
engine,
boost pump,
and
wing
tank.
(2)
Cross-feed Fuel Supply Cross-feed is accomplished by positioning the mode selector switch at X-FEED.. This routes 2scvolt de power from the "FCTEL-X-FEED BOOST" circuit breaker to energize the fuel cross-feed relay (FCF).
The FCF relay breaks a circuit through the tank and boost crossfeed valves closed limit switches to the tank cross-feed closed (TCC) and
Ji
cross_feed closed (PCC) relays, causing the relays to deThe FCF relay, at the same time, completes two circuits. energize. The first circuit completed, when the FCF relay is energized, routes TANK" circuit brea~rer to open the ta.nk power from the "FUEL-X-FEED cross-feed valve and to energize the tank cross-reed warning (TCW) The TC~ relay completes a circuit from the ~"FIJEL WARNING relay. X-FEED" ci~cuit breaker through normally closed contacts in the tank cross-reed opened (TCO) relay to the TIWK X-FD FAIL" caution The second circuit con;plet~d. light, causing the light tacome on. when the FCF relay is energized, routes power from the "FUEL-XBOOST" circuit breaker through normally open contacts in the FEED le~t jettison fuel control (LJFC),"A Icft tank selector (LTS), and
pump
right tank selector

cross-feed valve
cross-feed
(RTS) relays
to
motor, causing
the valve The
t~e open winding of the boost to open, and -to the pump
warning
(PCW) relay.
relay energizes, connecting
X-FEED" circuit breaker through norpower from the "FUEL WARNLNG mally closed contacts in the pump cross-reed opened (PCO) relay to the "FUEL mJMP X-FI) IilAIL" caution light, causing the light to come
on.
When the tank cross-reed valve is

valve
are
actuated.
The TCO relay then breaks the circuit to the "~TEL TANK X-FD FAIZ" caution light, causing the light to go off. The closed limit switch arms the circuit to the closed winding of the valve motor and opens a circuit to de-energize the TCC relay. When the boost
valve
are
to the open winding gize the TCO relay.
fully open, limit switches in the The open limit switch opens the power circuit or the valve motor and closes a circuit to ener-
actuated.
open
pump
winding
is fully open, limit switches in the The open limit switch breaks the circuit to the or the valve motor and closes a circuit to energize the cross-feed valve
cult to the
to go
cross-reed opened (FCO) relay. The PCO relay breaks the cir"FUEL PITMP X-FD FAIL~ caution light, causing the light
off,
and
closes
circuit from the
"FUEL WARNING
JETTISON"
~NA-370-2 through
-6;, -8,
and
-g airplanes
2S-~a-o
Jul
4/73
PItge
SABRE L1NER
MAINTENANCE
circuit breaker
on
MANUAL
NA-370-2 through
closed contacts
-6, -8,
on
and
-g airplanes
and later airto
to
"~TEL WARNING SEL;ECT" circuit breaker
NA-380-1
right fuel boost monitor (RFBM) relay and Left fuel boost monitor (LFBM) relay the "FITEL SEL SW NOT NORMAL" caution light, causing the light
the
come on.
planes, through
in the
The
closed limit switch
arms
the the
circuit to the
circuit to
closed
winding
the PCC
of the valve motor and breaks
de-energize
relay.
In the cross-reed
mode, both
cross-feed valves
are
open,
allowing
both boost
fuel to balance between the two
wing
tanks
and
allowing
Jul
6/73
28-20-0
Page
2A
SABR E LI N E ~Z
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
to share in the supply or fuel to both engines. The fuel supply system in this mode is, in.effect, a single common fuel supply with two boost pumps supplying fuel to both engines. pumps
(3)
Rightrhand Right-hand
Tank
Fuel
Supply
tank fuel supply to the engines is accomplished by posiThis routes power from tioning the mode selector switch at RH TANK. BOOST"i circuit breaker to energize the right tank the "F~EL-X-FEED selector to to route
(RTS) relay.
power
One
set
of contacts in the
in the RTS
relay
closes
from the
BOOST" circuit breaker
through normally closed contacts

the open windings or the boost the valve to open, and to the PCW
WFC,w RJFC,A
and LTS
relays)
motor, causing relay, causing the relay to ener-
cross-reed valve
gize.
to
the
The PCW
circuit breaker
X-FE~ED" relay routes power from the "FUEL WARNING closed contacts PCO in the through normally relay "T~TEL PUMI~ X-FD FAIL" caution light, causing the light to
When the boost limit
a
come
on.
cross-reed valve
in the to valve
are
reaches
the
the
position,
switches
circuit
actuated.
The
full open close limit

to de-
switch breaks
the PCC
relay, causing
the
relay
time, energize, The open limit switch ing of the boost cross-feed valve motor. breaks the circuit to the open winding of the valve motor and comJETTISON" pletes a circuit, routing power from the "F~UEL WARNING circuit breaker through closed contacts in the RTS, LJFC,~ and RJFC~ The LHFB relays to energize the left-hand fuel boost (LHFB) relay. relay energizes and breaks the boost pump circuit, shutting the left boost pump off, and completes a circuit to energize the left fuel The LFBM relay completes a circuit from boost monitor (LFBM) relay. JETTISON" circuit breaker on NA-370-~ through the "FCIEL WARNING -6, -8, and -g airplanes, or "FUEL WARNING SELE~CT" circuit breaker
and at the
same
arms
circuit to the
close wind-
on NA-380-1 and later airplanes, through closed contacts in the PCO, TCC, RFBM, and RTS relays to the "FUEL SEL SW NOT NORMAL" In this mode of caution light, causing the light to come on. operation, the right wing tank and boost pump supply all of the
fuel to both
engines.
(4)
Left-hand Tank Fuel Supply

The left-hand tank the mode
same as
fuel
supply
mode
is
accomplished by po.sitioning
This mode of operation is
the
selector switch at LH TANK.

described for the
right tank selector (RTS) relay, the left fuel boost monitor and the right-hand fuel boost (RHFB) relay are the controlling relays instead of the T~TS, RI"EM, and LHFB relays. Thic mode of operation opens the pump cross-reed valve, shuts off the right boost pump, and allows the left wing tank and boost pump to supply all of the fuel to the engines.
the
right-hand tank fuel supply,
except that
(LFBM) relay,
ANA-370-2 through -6,
-a,
and
-g airplanes
I
28-20-0
Jul
6/73
Page 3
MAINTENANCE
C.
SArB~R E LI N E R
MANUAL
Suction-feed Fuel Supply When both fuel boost pumps fuel pumps by suction feed.
engine-driven fuselage fuel tank to the right and left integral wing tanks. The wing fuel transfers by in ribs into the right and flow check valves the through wing gravity left center sections and into the boost pump sump area. One-way check valves in the boost pump, downstream of the boost pump impeller, allo~r fuel to be red by suction to the two engine-driven fuel pumps.
fuel is delivered to the
from the
fail,
Fuel transfers
D.
Fuel Transfer System
There is
no
gravity
fuel transfer
manual fuel tank sequencing transfer system; however, the arrangement of the fuel system ensures that all
the fuel in the is
fuselage
tank
(when
used before the fuel in the
wing tank
the fuselage tank is used) will be is used, because the fuselage tank
higher than the wing tanks and because the vent exit is submerged, preventing venting or the wing tanks until the fuselage tank is emptied. Transfer or fuel from the wing tanks to the fuselage tank is pirevented (under normal. conditions) by two spring-loaded (1-1/4 psi) check valves. However, during extreme airplane nose-up attitudes, wing tank vent valve failure, or any other situation in which the wing tazk pressure exceeds the fuselage tank pressure by i-1/4 psi, fuel transfer to the fuselage tank can occur t6 relieve the pressure in the wing tanks.
Wing dihedral creates a gravity flow from the outer wing, panels to the right and left center sections and booster pump sump areas in a normal manner up to a 9-degree nose-up attitude. Wing ribs at wing stations 37, 106, and 1716 prevent excessive outboard fuel flow during airplane Fuel transfers inboard into the right and left center secmaneuvers.
-f;ions
through three l-l/lc-inch diameter check valves in each rib bulkhead, right and left boost pump sump areas through two check Air-load rib lightening holes and wing skin valves in each bulkhead. Fuel in stringer cutouts allow gravity flow within the compartments. the center sections transfers by gravity flow, through six check valves
and into the
in each boost pump
sump
bulkhead,
into the boost pump
sump
areas.
Two
jet-type fuel ejectors, powered by the boost pumps, assist in transferring fuel from the right and left center sections to the right and
These ejectors function as scavenge pumps, sumps. scavenging fuel from the low points in the right and left center sections.
left boost pump
2.
Fuel Boost Pumps

Two 28-volt
de,
single-speed, motor-driven,
submerged,
centrifugal-type,
side-mounted pumps supply fuel under pressure to two engine-driven fuel The boost pumps are positioned on the art bulkhead or the wing center pumps.
section.
The
right boost pump

plate on continuously
is accessible
through
an
access
plate
on
the
wing through an
rear
spar in the
access
right wheel
well, and the left boost pump is accessible The the rear wing spar in the left wheel well.
boost; pumps run switch (lert or
(power on)
the
right)
is on,
as long as the respective master respective throttle (left or right) is
28-~0-0 Page 4
Mar
1/70
SA 13 RE LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
moved from the
MANUAL
When the tanks.
off position, and the "FUEL" switch is at NORMAL or -X-FEED. "FUEL" switch is placed at RH TANK or LH TANK, the opposite boost This allows the pilot to balance the fuel load in the wing pump is shut off. The
right
head forward de
drain
and left boost pump circuit breakers are on the left overThe pumps may develop 17 to essential, circuit-breaker panel.
30 psi static pressure.
The
allowable leakage from the drive shaft seal
The pumps operate normally on a 25is 2 cubic centimeters per hour, to 29-volt de power source but will operate on a reduced voltage or 14-volt
de.
3.
Fuel Transfer
Two left
Ejectors
assist the transfer or fuel from the
jet-type fuel e.jectors
right
and
These tubularcenter sections to the right and left boost pump sumps. shaped ejectors are in the forward, inboard section of their respective tank The ejector consists of a 3/4-inch areas, right and left center sections.
tube, a screened inlet to pick up fuel, and pressurized flow of fuel down the center of
the
jet nozzle to discharge a A fuel line, connected tube.
to the boost pump, receives fuel bleed flow from the pump. This line routes fuel pressure to the jet nozzles. The fuel bleed flow from the boost pumps is forced through the jet nozzle, propelling the stream of fuel through the
tube and connecting lines to the boost pump sump. This pressurized flow pulls fuel under the ejector inlet into the ejector tube, establishing a
flow to the boost pump sump. The ejector, then, serves as a scavenge pump. Access to these ejectors is through access panels in the front spar at about; wing station 30.
4.
Fuel Shutoff Valves

There
two
are
top
a
of the
are
center
motor-driven, one-inch gate-type main fuel shutoff valves These wing section, forward of the main wheel wells.
shutoff valves.
on
valves
the main fuel
Access to these valves is through
An indicator pin on the valves removable portion of the cabin floor. shows the position or the gate. Internal limit switches within each valve circuit to the motor to
open the
or
stop
it when the
valve
reaches
fully
open
closed position and energize a caution light indicating system if the ENGINE valve does not run to the position selected by the "LN ENGINE
MASTER"
one
and
associated
"RH ENGINE ENGINE MASTER" switches or does not close when the "FIRE rmLZI" handle is pulled out. Normal operating time is about
open
or
second to
on
close at
2~-volt
de
and
700F; however,
"RH ENGINE
the valves will
operate
18- to 30-volt de.
When power is applied to the essential bus, the SH13T OFF" ENGINE MASTER," and "FUEL WARN~NG and the
are
MI1STER,"
are
"LH
circuit breakers
engaged,
"I;H ENGINE ENGINE MASTER" switches ENGINE MI~STER" and "RH ENGINE positioned at OFF, the right and left fuel valve warning and right and left fuel valve closed relays are energized. Therefore, the fuel shutoff valves remain closed and the "FUEL SH~T OFF FAIL" caution light will not illuminate. (See figure 28-00-2.)
Positioning the "LH ENGINE

switches
at ON opens
ENGINE MASTER"
and
the
shutoff valves
ENG~NE MASTER" and "RH ENGLNE de-energizes the right and left
Mar
1/70
28-20-0
Page 5
SA8REI~IN ER
MAINTENANCE
flzel valve
MANUAL
This causes warning and right and left fuel valve closed relays. When the valves are motored fully "FUFL SHUT OFF FAIL" light to light. open, the right and left flrel valve open relays are energized and the "FITEL If the light remains lighted, either valve SHUT OFF FAIL" light goes out.
the
or
possibly
both valves
did not
fully
open.
When the
are
"I;H ENGINE ENGINE MPISTER" switches ENGINE MASTER" and "RH ENGINE positioned at OFF, the right and Left fuel valve warning relays are enerThis gized and the right and left valve closed relays are de-energized. When the valves are motored causes the "FUEL SHUT OFF FAIL" light to light. fully closed, the right and left fuel valve open relays are energized open; If the light remains lighted, then the "FUEL SHUT OFF FAIL" light goes out. either valve or possibly both valves did not close completely.
handle is fuel
right or left engine fire wall shutoff snitch "FLRE mJLL" pulled, the respective engine emergency fire shutdown relay is energized and overrides the engine master switch control or the respective
If either the shutoff valve. The fuel shutoff valve will close and the
same
manner as
"FUFL SHUT
OFF FAIL"
light will react in exactly the respective engine master switch was moved
it did when the
to OFF.
5.
Fuel Cross-feed Valves

A.
Tank Cross-feed Valve
The tank cross-feed valve is
valve,
2-inch gate-type separates the right and left boost pump This allows sump areas of the right and left wing center sections. The valve should either boost pump to pump fuel from both wing tanks. open or close in about one second and operate satisfactorily on 18- to When this valve is actuated open, fuel can now by gravity 3o-volt de. This directly exposes the fuel level of from one fuel tank to the other.
a
28-volt de motor-driven,
mounted
on
the rib that
one
tank to
the
fuel level of the other in the
tank without
the effect of the
higher head or fuel the operating pump.
completely
full booster pump
compartment
or
Boost Cross-reed Valve The boost cross-reed valve is

one-inch gatea 28-volt de motor-driven, top or the wing center section between the
type valve, mounted

open
on
the
cabin floor and the top or Jche center section. or close in about one second and operate
This valve
should also
on
satisfactorily
18- to
either boost pump (right Internal can supply fuel to both engine-driven fuel pumps. or left) limit switches within these valves open the circuit to the motor when
3O-volt de.
When this
valve is
actuated open,
the valve reaches valve does not
fully opened or fully closed position and, if the position selected by the cross-feed switch or the jettison system, on NA-370-2 through -9, -8, and -9 airplanes, will energize a caution light indicating system.
a
run
to the
28-20-0
Jul
Page 6
6/73
SABRE L1NE R
MA1NTENANCE
MANUAL
6.
Fuel Heater Fuel heaters
NA-370-I and -7, NA-380 Airplanes

are
installed in recessed
areas
in each
pylon.
Fuel
for
each
flowing through the heater is se$sed internally within the heater. When the fuel temperature reaches 350F, the thermal valve within the heater fuel heater maniopens and, allows engine bleed air to circulate through the lower slcin at the the in cutout a overboard exhaust pylon fold and through to switches There no are heater recess. fuel or the cockpit end forward control the fuel heater operation, it is totally automatic dependent on the temperature of the fuel.
or the fuel
going through the engine is routed through its respective is heated to eliminate fuel the to and then Engine engine. engine fuel filter The temperature filter. fuel the in or ice crystals forming the possibility
fuel heater before
Oct
3/77
28-20-0
page 7
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL SYSTEM DISIIRIBUTION i.
TROUBLE SROOTING
Trouble Shooting Fuel Control System
PROBABLE CAUSE
A.
ISOLATION PROCE3XTRE
REMEDY
UNSTEADY OR ERRATIC FUEL BOOST PUMP PRESSURE.
(1)
Loose connection.
Run
Run
continuity
check.
Repair
as
needed.
(2) (3) (4)

(5)
B.
Voltage variation.
voltage check.
Repair
as
or
replace
necessary.
Seizing bearing.
Poor commutation.
Replace pump. Replace

Make obstruction check.
pump.
Foreign material
in line.
Remove foreign material.
FUEL FAILS TO TRANSFER FROM FUEL BOOST PUMP SUMP AREAS TO ENGINE-DRIVEN FUEL
PUMPS.
(1)
pump.
Faulty
fuel boost
Check pump
operation.
Replace pump.
(2)
valve.
Faulty shutoff
Check shutoff valves.
Replace shutoff
valve.
(3)
wiring
Faulty boost
pump
Run
continuity
check.
Check
voltage at terminals.
Correct wiring. Replace pump.
(4)
relay,
Faulty boost pump
Use Pump fails to operate. jumper around relay or try substitute relay.
Replace relay.
(5)
C.
"FIRE ms~" ~landle
Check
visually.
Push
"FIRE PULL"
pulled.
FUEL BOOST PUMP PRESSURE TOO L(SW.
handle in.
(1)
Low voltage.
Check for 28-volt de at boost
pump.
Check power supply. Correct wiring or
replace circuit
breaker.
(2)
Worn brushes.
Check for
noisy operation
Check for
Repair
pump.
or
replace
(arcing sound),
Faulty line connecfaulty casting,
fluctuation in current drain.
(3)
tor
Make
pressure
checki
or
Tighten fitting replace casting.
or
Mar
1170
28 -20-1 Page 101
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANOAL
PROBABLE CAUSE
ISOLATION PROCEDURE Listen for
REMEDY sound Run pump under
(4)
Brushes not seated
high-pitched
properly after replacement,
and too much noise.
load until pressure

reaches normal.
(5)
Foreign material
Make obstruction check.
Remove foreign material.
at pump inlet.
(6) (7)
Armature
shaft
Replace pump.
binding.
Fuel in motor
Check for fuel leakage at vent
Replace
pump.
showing possible bearing

failure.
D.
plug.
FUEL BOOST PUMPS FA~L TO OPE;W1TE.
(1)
(2)
out.
Faulty relay in
Make
continuity check.
Replace relay.
circuit.
Pump brushes
worn
High and intermittent current

drain,
Repair
pump.
or
replace
Faulty or maladjusted engine fuel ignition switch (aft
(3)
Make
continuity check.
Adjust
switch.
or
replace
switch)
quadrant
NOTE:
in throttle
when throttle
Switch should open is advanced.
(4)
or
Loose
connectionJ
Run
voltage
check at terminals.
Clean and
tighten
high resistance in
all connections.
connection.
(5)
out.
Pump motor burned
Check for dead
short
in
wiring.
Replace
pump.
E.
FUEL BOOST PUMP BURNED OUT.
(1) (2)
Clogging or seal
Visually check
for open drain,
Replace
pump.
chamber drain line.
Faulty bearing,
or pump
or
Rotate pump and listen for
Replace
pump.
failure
seals,
rough operation.
from drains.
Check
leakage
F.
FUEL LEAKING FROM FUEL BOOST PUMP SEAL DRAIN.
(1)
Failure of seal
on
or
Run pump for

a,
short time.
Hold
Replace
pump.
foreign object
seal.
short-looped
cause
wire to seal
drain to
fuel to form drop.
Mar
1/70
Page 102
SAB Fi E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROBABLE: CAUSE
GI
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
VENT.
after
REMEDY
FUEI,LEAKI~MG FROM FUEL BOOSf PUMP
(1)
cover
Fuel leaking into
Check pump.
visually
removing
Replace pump.
motor through motor
gasket.
H.
RTEL BOOST PUMP NOISY
(1)
Loose
mounting.
Remove pump and check for loose mounting bolts.
Tighten mounting
bolts
and
connecting lines.
(2)
I.
Worn
bearing.
Rotate pump and feel for too much vibration.
Replace pump.
BOOST CXOSS-FE~ED VALVE FAILS TO OPEN.
(1) "FUEL-X-FEED BOOST" circuit breaker

defective.
Place all
at
OFF
airplane
switches
Replace
breaker.
circuit
or
airplane-parked
positions.
Remove all external power from Remove left overhead airplane.
forward de essential circuit-
breaker panel and engage
"FU~L-X-FEED
BOOST" circuit
check
breaker;
across
then
continuity
circuit-breaker
terminals. Defective
switch.
"mTEL"
Check
continuity
of
switch.
Replace "FZTEL"
switch.
(3) (4)
J.
Defective boost
C~heck boost
cross-leed valve
Replace
boost
cross-feed valve. Defective
operati on.
Make
cross-reed valve.
relay.
determine defective
continuity check to relay.
Replace defective relay.
TANK CROSS-FEED VALVE
TO OPEN.
(1) "FUEL-X-FEED TANK" circuit breaker

defective.
Place all
at
OFF
or
airplane switches airplane-parked
Replace
breaker.
circuit
positions.
Mar
1/70
Page 103
SABRE LINER
MAIN7ENANCE
MANUAL
PROBABLE CAUSE
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
Remove all external power from Remove left overhead airplane.
forward de essential circuitbreaker panel and engage
E~EMEDY
X-FEED
er;
c,Loss
"FUELBOOST" circuit break-
then check
continurty
a-
circuit-breaker terminals.
(2)
Defective
"FUEZ"
Check continuity of switch.
Replace "FT~EL"
switch.
switch.
(3)
Defective tank
Check tank cross-feed valve

ope rat ion
RePlace tank
cross
cross-leed valve.
-reed valve.
(4)
Defective
relay.
Make
determine defective
continuity check to relay.
Replace defective relay.
"FUEL SEL SW NOT NORMAL" CAUTION LIGHT NOT 0~3; FUEL PUMP OR FUEL TANK
CROSS-FEED FAIL CAUTION LIGRI REMAINS ON.
(1)
fails
Cross-reed valve
to
open
Check cross-reed valve

ope rat ion
Replace cross-feed
valve.
fully.
cross-
Defective reed valve limit
Check that valve motor

continues to
n~m
Replace cross-leed
valve.
switch.
after
valve
is
fully
Dins
open.
Check
cross-
that circuit between

reed valve
"A" and "C"
remains
open.
Check that valve motor

continues is
to
run
Reolslce cross-feed valve.
after valve
lully closed.
Dins
open.
Check that
circuit between cross-reed
valve
mains
"8" and "D"
re-
L.
"FUET, SEL SW NOT

~T RH TANK OR LH
CAUTION LICr~ DOES NOT COME ON;
FUEL PUMP AND SWITCH
FUEL TANK CROSS-FEED FAIL CAUTION LTCHTS OFF
(FITEL
MODE
TANK).
Listen
pump
(1)
boost o~f.
Left
pump
Or
right fuel
shut
for sound or boost
Replate LKFB
RKFB
or
re-
did not
operation.
relay pair relay
or
circuits.
~8-20-1
Mar
Page Idb
1/70
SAeRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PROBABT;E CAUSE
ISOLC1TION PROCEDURE
RESIEDY
(2)
RFBM
or
LFBM
relay
faulty.
28-volt de at pin "X1" of relay and check that pin "X2" is properly grounded.
Check for IN RIGHT OR LEFT CENTER WING
Replace relay.
M.
TOO MUCH FUEL REM~INS ~S BEEN DEFUEL;ED.
SECTION AFTER FITEL SYSTEM
(1)
Improper equipment
Check that
a
defueling
hose
has
If restrictor line
is not
used to defuel airplane.
restrictor line
O.D.
to
by 0035
(3/8-Lnch inch by 8 feet)

from trans: is
available,
keep boost
pump
ferring fuel faster than fuel supplied to pump Inlet.
jack up nose of airplane 8 to g degrees to provide gravity flow to

boost
pump
sump.
Mar
1/70
Page 105
ER
MAINTENANCE
PROBABLE CAUSE
MANUAL
RE~EDY CAUTION: REMEDY TO
BE USED ONLY WHEN
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
IT IS KNOWN TKAT FUEL EJECTOR PUMPS
ARE FUNCTI.ONING PROPERLY. Check valve

in
Remove
access
fuel transfer ejector line reversed.
wing spar
and
plate on rear inspect check
Install check valve
properly.
valve for proper installation.
(3)
bleed
Boost flow
pump fuel line not in-
Remove
access
plate
on
rear
Install line
stalled
properly.
wing spar and inspect line for proper installation at slip joint
or
properly.
"B"
nut.
(b) Ejector
boost
outlet to
area
Remove
access
plate
on
rear
Install ejector to
boost
pump
pump sump
improperly installed.
wing spar and inspect for proper installation of ejector

outlet.
sump
line
properly,
(5) Ejector
screen
inlet
Remove sump drain
valve beneath
Remove
foreign
ob-
covered.
ejector and check for foreign object.
ject and check operation of ejector.
(Refer 28-20-3.)
to
(C;)
cover
Fuel booster
pump
Remove boost
and
alternate
ejector port plate not
pump access door check that cover plate is
Install ejector
port
cover
plate.
installed.
installed.
(7) Cap
on
not
installed line
Remove boost
and is
inboard
"T" fitting
check
pump access that fuel line
door
cap
Install fuel
cap.
line
of fdel bleed
installed.
check valve.
(8)
flow
Blocked Line,
induced
Remove boost pump

and
end
access
door
If
line
is
plugged,
line at
check for
a
plugged line by
disconnect
air and
slipping
of
line and
piece of hose over blowing into
ejector and blow

fuel until
re-
hose,
through line
moved.
obstruction is
(Refer ~8-20-2.)
to
Ejector nozzles
Remove boost
pump access for plugged
plugged,
pump and doors and nozzles.
ejector
check
Clear ties.
Plugged
Refer
naz-
to
28-20-2.)
28-20-1
Mar
1/70
Page 106
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION

NIAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of
Fuel Boost
Pumps
8.
Removing Fuel Boost Pump

NOTE
are accessible through the rear spar. Removal and installaZion of the right and left boost pumps are similar ?rrocedures.
Slide fuel bleed line outboard until line is clear of check valve; then pull line up and out, Cap line. Temporarily spot-tie wires in front of access hole. Remove check valve and cap both ends of check valve and end of line. Remove the five bolts and washers from booster pump mounting pad on aft wing spar. The remain ing bolt should be the one most easily removed. Reach through
access
The boost pumps
access
plates
9.
on
10.
i.
hole and support booster
Defuel fuel supplysystem and dish pan.
remove
the wheel well 11.
pump; then remove last bolt and washers.
Rotate pump until top portion is in a horizontal position and comes out access holes first. Feed wire group through hole and pull out with pump.
Make sure battery switch is off and e~ternal electrical power is disconnected from airplane;failure to do this may result inan erplosion.
2.
12.
pump access door
When removing left boost pump, remove left fuel (see Installing Fuel Boost Pump). When
Subsequent to removing the RH boost pump, lubricate the sector interconnect push rod end bearings (see Installing Fuel Bo~t Pump). Also lubricate the push-pull rod end that connects to the outboard sector.
Remove and discard O-rinp from pump flange. Place
use
18. 14.
I
not
3.
removing right boost pump, remove aileron sector guard, relieve aileron cable tension; then remove aileron bellcrank interconnecting rod and outboard bolt, nut, and washer from right and left aileron bellcrank brace. Push brace up until access door is cleared. Remove right fuel pump access door.
protective covering
over
tape; removal of tape
may
opening. Do cause a spark.
cell
Failure to relieve aileron control cable tension before disconnecting the inboard
sector
support link may
the aileron cable sector

4.
cause damage supportfitting.
to
Trace booster pump wiring from mounting pad to on noise filter. Disconnect wires from terminals, and all necessary clamps from wire bundle. Clear wires until they can be moved freely.
terminals
5.
Remove outlet fitting mounting bolt. The bolthead is accessible in the fuel outlet line elbow, aft of the booster pump mounting pad. Remove fuel filter outlet line. Remove fuel drain line from
on
6.
90-degree drain fitting
pump
mounting pad.
7.
Through
access hole, disconnect fuel bleed line at check valve. Hold check valve with wrench when loosening B nut.
28-20-02
0
Jun
Page 401 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Installing Fuel Boost Pump
i. Observe
11.
Remove
rear
foreign
access
materials from
tank, and install

door bolts to
precaution for fuel system maintenance.

12.
spar
door. Torque
access
25-35
inch-pounds.
Failure to disconnect electrical power to airplane may result in explosion.

2.
On right-hand installation, reinstall aileron sector support link and sector interconnecting push rod. On right-hand installation, tension aileron control cables and perform aileron rigging check (refer to
13.
Make sure that battery switch is off and that external power is disconnected from airplane. Remove protective coverings from booster pump and airplane access.
chapter 27).
14.
Install and connect booster pump wiring (refer to
3.
Wiring Manual).
BOOSTER
4.
Install MS29513-237 O-ring packing in booster

pump
PUMP~i-I/I
6\~I
mounting flange. Hold O-ring packing in

with
//i
place
5.
petrolatum.
~f--==
"O" RING
Feed pump wiring harness in through wing access holes and back out through booster pump hole in rear spar; then while holding booster pump in horizontal position, with top portion aft, work pump through access holes. Position pump on mounting pad, and install six AN4-5A bolts and 2W17-416M washers. Torque bolts to 50-70 inch-pounds. Place 1\11329513-24 O-ring packing in pump outlet. Install washer and 600-001-5/16 Stat-O-Seal washer on outlet fitting mounting bolt. Check that drain outlet elbow is loosely installed.
BOLT AND
WIRING
WASHER
HARNESS
6.
DRAIN
LINE
DRAIN ELBOW
7.
Position outlet fitting so that it aligns with fuel line, and install mounting bolt. Torque bolt to 110-130d
inch-pounds.
8.
Install fuel outlet line coupling. Torque coupling nut to 120-180 inch-pounds.
j~COUPLING
L;FuEL
LINE
9.
Align drain elbow with drain line, and connect drain line elbow. Torque B nut to 40-65 inch-pounds, and
tighten jam
nut
on
p~
P~ sOLTc
~-MYrqn:iWASHER, AND STAT-O-SEAL
elbow.
10.
Remove caps from check valve and from fuel bleed line which connects to it. Carefully slide line into booster pump; then attach B nut to check valve,
I~ji
i!
ROOSTER PUMP
I,
~VEL PUMP ACCESS DOOR
SECTOR
FITTING
SUPPORr4~4
INBD SECTOR
CONNECT PUSH ROD
INTER~-II
b
~lnluu*rFVEL OUTLET LINE SPAR
28-20-02
Jun
Page 402 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCE PRACTI~CES (Continued)

Replacement of Fuel Transfer Ejectors
NOTE
The rightfuel transfer ejector is in the right wing center section, immediately aft ofthe front wing spar. The left fuel transfer ejector is in the left wing center section, immediately aft of the front wing spar. Removal and installation of the right and left fuel transfer ejectors are similar pro3.
4.
Install
mountingbolts and washers.

ejector fitting.
Connect small B nut to
NOTE If B nut does not align with fitting, check alignment of B nut anclfittircg. Use a longhandled mirror and a vaporprooffladlight. V line must be re-formed to align B nut, be careful not to kink line.
5.
cedures.
1.
ConnectlargeB nuttoejectorfitting.
Check both lines to make
sure
Defuel fuel
supplysystem.
6.
they
a
were
not kinked
a
during B nut connection. Use prooffiast~lipht.

NOTE
mirror and
vapor
IMake sure battery switch is off and external electrical power is disconnected from airlplane;failure to do this may result in
2.
an
explosion.
Remove access door, 24 or 34, depending on which ejector is to be removed, (re~er to chapter 6, Figure 6-00-3). Inside bay, remove square stress door on aft bulkhead (see Figure 28-20-401).
The Gask-O-Seal is an integral part of the access door and is not replaceable. U the Gask-O-Seal is damaged in any way, the access door must be replaced.
7.
Check that area is clean; then install spar access door using serviceable Stat-O-Seals on each bolt. Torque
bolts to 25-35
inch-pounds.
3.
Through square stress door opening, remove access door on wing center section front spar. Save Stat-OSeals
on
8.
bolts and protect Gask-O-Seal
on
door.
Install stress door in door.
fuselage bay; then install
access
4.
Disconnect large B nut from ejector and rotate away from fitting. Disconnect small B nut from ejector and from fitting.
Obstruction Check of Fuel Transfer Ejector Nozzles.
5.
pull
away
NOTE
The following procedure should be used whenever the ejectors are believed to be plugged. This procedure will also serve to clear the ejector noxxles i~ they are found and to be plugged. See Figure
6.
Remove six bolts and washers from
ejector
hole.
mounting plate.
7.
Rotate ejector until it will slide through Remove ejector. Place

use
access
8.
protective covering
over
may
opening. Do cause a spark.

cell
not
proceed asfollows:
Installing Fuel Transfer Ejector
1Make sure battery switch is off and external electrical power is disconnected from airplane,.failure to do this mall
1Make
sure
battery switch is off and

i.
result in
an
explosion.
external electrical power is disconnected from airplane;failure to do this may result

in
i.
2.
an
explosion.
protectivecovering.
2.
Remove right- and/or left-hand fuel pump access door from wing center section rear spar, depending on which ejector is to be checked (see
Remove Place
Installing Fuel Boost Pump).

Disconnect ejector motive fuel flow line, running from boost pump compartment forward baffle at fuel bleed line T fitting inboard of access door. Slide line out of adapter on forward baffle.
ejector in tank and position on mounting plate (see Figure 28-20-401).
28-20-02
0
Jun
Page 403 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAE
GASK-O-SEAL
600-001-1003 STAT-O-SEIL
SPEED BRAKE
(24 REOB)
NAS 1303-8 BOLT
s3/
i
j
2W1&10M WISHER
STRESS DOOR--RH
FRONT SCAR ACCESS DOOR
STRESS DOOR-LH FRONT SPAR ACCESS DOOR--LEFT AND RIGHT WIND TYPICAL
BOOST PUMP BLEED FLOW LINE
ACCESS DOORS
FUEL TRANSFER EJECTOR
MOUNTING BOLTS
re
INDUCED FUEL FLOW LINE
INDUCED FUEL FLOW UNE
*s
VIEW LOOKING UP-R WING
~d
265-48-2111
~1
BOOST PUMP
p~-k llB~ REFUELING

nrrmsll
i BLEED FLOW LINE
a III11II SHUTOFF VALVE
VIEW LOOKING UP-L WING

olw
?bS-d8-12F
FUEL TRANSFER EJECTOR
Bb
Access DOOR THROUGH RIB
VIEW LOOKING UP-R WING L WING TYPICAL

5370-2-48-11
Figure
28-20-401
Fuel Transfer Ejector Installation
28-20-02
Jun
Page 404 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Obstruction Check of Fuel Transfer Ejector Nozzles
1.
(Continued)
sure
Make
fuselage tank is empty and wing tanks

than half full.
(Contd)
3. 4.
are no more
Install
fabric bag
over
end of fuel line
adapter.
1Make sure battery switch is off and ezternal electrical power is disconnected from airplane;failure to do this may result in an e~olosion.
2.
Remove access doors 23 or 24, as shown in Figure 6-00-3, depending on which ejector is to be checked. Remove square stress door
on
5.
aft bulkhead
(see
Figure 28-20-401).
6.
Workingthrough stressdooropening, remove access door on wing center section front spar. Save Stat-OSeals
on
Remove
access
panel
in cabin floor
directly above
bolts and protect Gask-O-Seal
on
door.
3.
assembly.
7.
Disconnect large induced flow line B nut from ejector and rotate away from fitting.
Through access opening, manually actuate all valves to open position (see Figure 28-20-403).
corners of right and left wheel wells, place a 5-gallon container under each main fuel supply line drain cock.
4.
At forward inboard
8.
Insert end of a Cfoot-long hose, with 7/16-inch OD and 3/16-inch ID, into top of ejector, sealing against nozzle (see Figure 28-20-402). Hold hose securely against nozzle during check.
5.
9.
Apply air pressure to hose and note that airflow is detected at fuel line adapter,
If no airflow is detected, increase air pressure until contaminants are blown out of nozzle, and air flows freely at fuel line adapter, Remove bag from fuel entrapped contaminants. line 6.
10.
access opening, locate the 1/4inch lines that connect fuel boost pump lines and pressure switches on forward fuselage crossmember. Loosen B nuts attached to pressure switches.
Through cabin floor
11.
adapter and
note
Open drain cocks above 6-gallon containers. Fuel should drain out. Do not shut off drain cocks until all flow stops. This drainage empties lines that must be disconnected to allow removal of this assembly.
After lines have been emptied, shut off drain cocks.
12.
Temporarily install fabric bag over end of fuel line adapter. Hold hand over end of adapter to seal off
fuel line. Fill hose with fuel or other suitable solvent and apply air pressure. Allow air pressure to build up; then remove hand from end of fuel line adapter. Repeat this procedure until all contaminants are removed.
7 s~
Through
access
hole, disconnect the three electrical
connectors to the three valves and the two electrical

connectors to the two pressure switches. nectors and plugs.
Cap
con-
9.
Cut safeties on all shutoff valves.
Wiggins couplings
to the two
13. 14.
Reinstall fuel motive flow line.

10. Remove hose from line,
ejector, and install ejector

access
return
Remove the two 1/4-inch lines that connect fuel boost pump lines and pressure switches on forward fuselaffe cross-member. Cap fittings and plug B nuts.
Disconnect the four Wiggins couplings to fuel shutoff valves. Cover all openings. Do not use masking
15.
Reinstall fuel pump

Reinstall fuel
door.
11.
16. 17.
ejector
access
door.
Perform check-out of fuel transfer
ejectors. (refer
tape.
to
28-20-03.)
REPLACEMENT OF FUEL SHUTOFF VALVES AND BOOST CROSS-FEED VALVE ASSEMBLY
12.
On
right side of assembly,
disconnect small tubular
support member attached to bottom of bracket. Remove one bolt, nut, and washer.
13. Remove wire bundle tie-down clamps from top of bracket assembly. Remove three bolts, nuts, and washers that attach assembly bracket to aft attach
NOTE
Thefuel shutoff valves and the boost erossfeed valve are mounted as an assembly between the wing attach beam and a fuselage cross-member (directly beneath the access panel in the cabinfloor) and the top of the wing center section.
point (beam).
14.
Remove three bolts, nuts, and washers that attach assembly bracket to forward cross-member. Support assembly while removing last bolt.
15.
Gently
then
maneuver
remove
assembly assembly.
to necessary
position;
16.
Temporarily replace cabin floor
access
panel.
28-20-02
0
Jun
Page 405 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4-K)OT HOSE
FABRIC BAG EJECTOR MOTIVE FUEL LINE ADAPTER FITTING
END SEATED
ON
NOZZLE)
soosr PUMP ACCESS DOOR
EJECTOR NOZZLE~
IS~
EJECTOR MOTIVE, FUEL FLOW LINE
INDUCED FLOW
LINE
EJECTOR MOTIVE FUEL LINE ADAPTER
LH TRANSFER EJECTOR
(RH TYP~CW
CENTER WING FUEL BAY

sa7o.?-ls1?
Figure 28-20-402
Fuel Transfer Ejector Nozzle Obstruction Check
28-20-02
Page 406
Jun 12/89
COPYRIGHT, 1989
BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RIAINTENANCE PRACTICES (Continued)

Installing Fuel Shutoff Valves and Boost Cross-feed
Valve 1. 2.
Defuelfuel
supplysystem.
Assembly
Remove any lines necessary to provide access to booster pump access plates in right and left wheel wells. Remove plates.
IMake sure battery switch is off and e~Lternal electrical power is disconnected from airplane;failure to do this may result in an explosion.
1. 2.
3.
Removefemaleplugfrom cross-feedelectrical cable assembly protruding through rear spar. It is immediately to the right of the booster pump access
in the left wheel well.
Remove cabin floor
access
panel.
4.
Position bracket assembly mounting bolts and washers in an accessible location for ease of installation. Make sure all valves are in a closed position
Remove jam nut and lock washer from receptacle vacated in step 3; then slide electrical fitting through mounting hole into booster sump area.
Remove four bolts, washers, and nuts from feed valve.
cross-
5.
(see Figure 28-20-403).

3.
Through cabin floor
access
panel, position assembly
6.
and insert a bolt and washer in each end. Install a nut on each bolt to hold assembly in position. Make sure aft wire bundle is on top of bracket assembly,
4.
Remove cross-feed valve with electrical cable, adapter fittings, and tubes. Check Figure 28-20-404 to ensure removal of all parts from booster sump
area.
Install remaining four bolts and washers. Install nuts; then torque, Attach small tubular support member to bottom of right side of bracket.
Remove all
pressure switch
7.
Place
use
protective covering
over
cell
may
cause a
opening. Do spark.
not
5.
Installing Tank Cross-feed Valve
6.
coverings on Wiggins fittings, B nuts, fittings, and any openings on shutoff

1Make sure battery switch is off and external electrical power is disconnected from airplane;failure to do this may result in an ezplosion.
I.
valves.
7.
Connect four Wiggins couplings to fuel shutoff valves. Torque and safety couplings,
8.
Install the two 1/4-inch lines that connect fuel boost pump lines and pressure switches on forward fuse-
lage cross-member.
9.
Remove protective covering from cell openings and electrical connector.
Remove caps from valve electrical plugs and from attaching connectors. Install connectors to plugs, and safety. Install two wire bundle tie-down clamps on top of bracket assembly,
2.
10. 11. 12.
Temporarily
Check Install
install
access
panel.
3.
See Figure 28-20-404. With O-rings installed, insert cross-feed valve with electrical cable, adapter, and tube into left tank. Insert tube (red band forward) into flapper valve. Align adapter plate, with tube installed, and cross-feed valve with holes in rib. Install bolts.
Insert tube with adapter plates into right tank. With gasket in place, insert tube (red band forward) into flapper valve, align adapter plate on bolts, and
operation
of assembly.
accesspanel.
REPLACEMENT OF TANK CROSS-FEED VALVE

4.
install washers and nuts.

Place electrical connection through its mounting hole to the right of left wheel well access hole. Install lock washer and jam nut.
Removing Tank Cross-feed Valve

5. 1Make sure battery switch is off and ezternal electrical power is disconnected from airplane; failure to do this may result in an
Connect electrical plug to cross-feed valve

nector.
con-
6.
Install boost pump
access
doors in both wheel wells.
explosion.
28-20-02
0
Jun
Page 407 12/89
NA-69-4~0
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D
o
1_"
CENTER FLOORBOARD ACCESS PANEL--STA 247 TO 264 (ACCESS 39)

211-48-11\
8~1
L FUEL BOOST
II
I,yy
R FUEL BOOST
PRESSURE LINE CHECK VALVE
PRESSURE LINE BOOST PUMP FUEL PRESSURE SWITCHES
i
ELECTRICAL PLUGS
i~3il
s 1~,
SUPPORT MEMBER
MaNua~
I
BOOST PUMP CROSS-FEED VALVE
ii
WIGGINS CBUPLIFjGS I
-cllPiS1
ill
eVALVE C"
WIGGINS COUPLINGS
If
FUEL FEED SHUTOFF VALVES

i
VIEW LOOKING
J
UP~)
Figure 28-20-403
Installing Fuel Shutoff Valves and Boost Cross-feed Valve Assembly
28-20-02
Page 408 Jun 12/89
o
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCE PRACTIC~S
S/N 370-1, -7,
(Continued)
RERIOVAL OF FUEL HEATER 380-1 AND SUBS

1. 2.
Open engine
access
doors.
Disconnect and cap fuel inlet and outlet lines at fuel heater.
3.
Disconnect
engine bleed-air line
at fuel heater.
4.
Remove the four bolts securing fuel heater support brackets to inbd side of fuel heater recess.
Rotate fuel heater outbd from
recess
5.
and
remove.
INSTALLING FUEL HEATER 380-1 AND SUBS

i.
S/N 370-1, -7,
Rotate fuel heater inbd and side of fuel heater recess.
position against inbd
2.
Install and tighten four bolts through fuel heater support brackets and inbd side of recess. Connect engine bleed-air line to fuel heater.
3.
4.
Torque
5.
Connect fuel inlet and outlet lines to fuel heater. to 40 in.-lbs.

Close engine acessdoors.
DRAINING FUEL HEATERS 1 AND SUBS 1.
S/N 370-1, -7,
380-
Open
access
doors in
pylon directly below fuel
heaters.
2. Remove water drain plugs (fwd plugs) from heater. (See Figure 28-20-406.)
3.
4.
Pressurize fuel system for 15 minutes. Check drain ports for evidence of fuel. If evidence of fuel appears at ports, replace fuel heater(s).
NOTE
The airplane should be positioned so that bottom of fuel heater slopes toward the drain plugs to allow gravity flow. The ambient temperature of the fuel heater should be 400F. ~4"F) or higher when
performing this
5.
checle.
Remove electrical power from

water drain to 120
airplane and reinstall plugs using new gaskets. Torque plugs in.-lbs and safetywire.
6.
Removefuel drainplugfrom centerof heater. Allow fuel to drain; then, replace plug using new O-ring. Torque plug to 120 in.-lbs and safetywire. Close accessdoors.
7.
28-20-02 12/89Page I
409 Jun
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GASKET--~ (2 REQD)
~FUEL BAFFLE
1/4 (t1/8. -3/16) IN.

O-RING (4 REPD)
I I
(!1
"O" RING (2 REPD)
(2 PLACES)
RED BAND
TUBE TUBE
U~L--
RIVET
(4 PLACES) ET
RIB BOLT (4 REGID) WASHER (4 REaD) NUT (4 REaD)
AIRPLANE
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
537(C2-48-14
Figure
28-20-404
Installing Tank Cross-feed Valve Assembly
28-20-02
Jun
Page 410 12/89
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
~01004
FUEL HEATER
j
FUEL HEATER
ATTACHMENT
FUEL INLET LINE
BOLTS (4 REQD)
I
_L:
1
(REF)
U--
FITTING
TO ENGINE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
\FUEL DRAIN
FUEL LINE
(MS29512-4
O-RINGI
I
Figure
28-20-405
0
(TO ENGINE)
i
FUELHEATER
WATER DRAINS
(GASKETS)
RECESS EXPENDED AIR OVERBOARD EXHAUST
PYLON LOWER
SKIN
Installing Fuel Heater
S/N 370-1, -7, S/N 380-1 and Subs
28-20-02
Paffe 411/412 Blank Jun 12/89
MAINTENANCE
i.
MANUAL
Fuel Boost A.
Pump Check-out Procedures
Fuel Boost
Pump
Electrical Check
The fuel boost pump operational checking procedure consists of applying ena source of 28-volt de electrical power to the electrical system,
gaging
the necesaary~ circuit breaker, and then listening at each pump. If it cannot be heard, the If the pump can be heard, it is working. is at the or (See figure elec-t;ricalsystem fault, pump is faulty.
28-00_2.) (1)
Make sure
"LH ENGLNE
ENGINE MASTER" ENGINE MAS~ER"
switch
on
panel panel
IGN
and "RH ENGINE
switch
on
left; engine switch ri~t engine switch
I
1
(1A)
BOOST" and "RB ENGINE IGN are at OFE and "LB ENGINE BOOST" circuit breakers. on forward do essential circuit-breaker panel ~tre disengaged. msengage LH and RH "BOOST PUMP" circuit breakers.
Move power lever forward and
position ENGINE
MASTER switches to ON.
(2)
Connect 28-volt do external electrical power source to airplane. On left overhead forward dc essential circuit-breaker panel, engage "BOOST PUMP
LB FUEL" circuit breakerl
(3)
Have helper in left wheel well to listen at forward bulkhead (wing If the left boost pvnnp can be heard when it starts and rear spar). stops as the man in the cockpit engages and disengages the circuit
breaker,
the pump is
working.
LB FUEL"
(4) (5)
Msengage "BOOOT PUMP

PUMP
RE FUEL"
circuit
breaker acid engage "BOOST
circuit breaker.
Have helper in right wheel well to~listen at forward bulkhead (wing If the right boost~mrp can be heard when it starts and rear spar).
stops as breaker,
the
man
in the
the pump is
cockpit engages working.

source.
and
disengages
the circuit
(6)
Remove external power
(7)
B.
Restore circuit breakers and switches to normal
positions.
Fuel Boost
Pump Leakage Check
on the left boost pump is Etft of the rear spar of the center section in the left wheel well. The seal drain on the right boost pump is aftof the rear spizr of the wing center section in the
The seal drain
wing
Ilhese drains must be visually inspected for right wheel well. If The ptnnp should not leak more than two drops in 3 minutes. is grea;ter, the cause may be foreign particles under the seal, dry seat, or a faulty seal.
leakage. leakage
an
ext;ra-
Foreign matter can become lodged between the surfaces of the moving seal, causing separation great enough to allow leakage. A pvmrp seal may beThese come extra dry when the airplane has been idle for a long time. conditions can be eliminated by turning the p~rmp on for a short period,. If running the pump does not stop leaking, the seal is faulty and the
pump must be replaced.
28-20-3
Oct
3/77
Page ~01
I SAB FZ E L~I N E ~R
M~AINTENANCE
MANUAL
C.
Fuel Boost hxmp Pressure Check
(1)
Disconnect externa~ -power from airplane. In
(a)
right:wheel
well
remove
drain cock from main fuel line at about
fuselage
station
(3)
Insta~ O to 50 psi gage.

rOn left overhead forward de essential circuit-breaker engage "IR ENGINE IGN
(4)
panel,
dis-
BOOST" and "RH ENGINE
IGN
BOOST"
make
circuit breakers.
sure
On left and
right engine switch panels,
"LH ENGINE
are
ENGINE MASTER" and "RH ENGINE
ENGINE MASTER"
switches
at ON.
saurce
(5)
co~ect ~-volt dcexternal power
.t;o e~rplane.
(6)
.(7)
on left overhead forward de essential circuit-breaker LH FUEL" circuit breaker. "BOOST PUMP
panel,
engage
The left boost Ixrmp should run and the static pressure should read between 1T and 30 psi.
on
gage
Disengage "BOOST PUMP
LH
FUEL" circuit breaker,
remove
testgage,
and reinstall drain cock.
(9)
(10) (11) (12) (13)
In
fuselage
wheel well. station
26i~.
remove
drain cock from main
fuel line at Bbout
j)
Install O to 50 psi gage.

On left overhead forward de essenti~ circuit-breaker RH FUEL" circuit breaker. "BOOST PUMP
panel,
engage
Right
between
boost pump should 17 and 30 psi.
run
and static pressure
on
gage should read

power
RE FUEL"
circuit breaker,
Remove external
(14)
(15)
D.
Remove test gage and instaJ1 drain cock. Restore circuit breakers and
Fuel Transfer
swltches_to
normal
positions.
Checking
NOTE:
Ejectors
~t
the
perform
are
conclusion of the first 20 hours of airplane operation, -If pumps an operational check of the e3ector pumps.
another tion.
found to be operating properly and are free of contaminants, inspection must be made at 100 hours of airplane opera-
If piunps pass this second inspection, another inspection must be made at the conclusion of the next 200 hours of airplane
operation.
If the pumps
are
still
operating properly
at this
2~-20-3
Page 602
!SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
time,
the
MANUAL
inspection
may be performed every
600 hours
thereafter.
Any
time
an
ejector
in the
pump
Is
contaminants
nozzLe,
found inoperative because of ejector operation should be
checked after every 10 hours of airplane operation, until When the the ejectors are found free ~of contaminants. ejectors are found free or contamination, the inspection intenral should revert back to 100 hours and then then 200
hours,
600
hours
as
previously
metioned.
(1)
Check that fuel boost pump pressure is 17 to 30 psi before starting (Refer to paragraph 1.C. for fuel boost pump ejector pump check.
pressure
check.)
level
(2)
With airplane at normal ground

and
gallons) (3)
wings
laterally),
make
attitllde (O
sure
there is about
degree 46 mlsitites nose-up 335 pounds (100
of fuel in each
wing tank.
II
Msconnect left; fuel feed line at left engine (or fuel feed line in aft airplanes NA380-38 and later and airplanes changed by fuselage inch QI) tubing with 0;03TConnect a restrictor made of Extend restrictor inch wall thidkness, 8 feet long, to fuel feed line. and insert; open end of restrictor into empty fuel container capable of holding all wing fuel. Restrictor tubing should not be obstructed in The restrictor is the rate-ofany way (dents, cr4mps, bends, etc).
3B74-23).
3/8~
flow
measuring
device that
measures
the fuel flow at maximum
engine
rpm at the most critical altitude. 1Zle restrictor should be positioned as hear level with the boost pump as.possible (for proper head
pressure).i
(4)
connect 28-volt de external power

On left overhead forward de
sure
source
to
airplane.
(5)
essential circuit-breaker
panel,
make
the following circuit breakers are
engaged.
(a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f)
"LIH ENGINE
"RR ENGINE
IC;N
BOOST"
IGN
BOOSP"
"Ltl ENGINE
"RR ENG~LNE "BOOST PUMP "BOOST PUMP
MASTER"
MASTER"
LH FUEL"
RH FUEL"
--------I-
(6)
On electrical master and emergency overhead switch panel, on NA-370-2 through -6, -8, and -g airplanes, make sure "EMERGENCY RTEIL JETTISON" switch is make
sure
at OFF.
On
right engine switch panel,
"FUEL" switch is at NORMAL.
Oct
3/77
28-20-3
Page 603
JSABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
NOTE:
I
(7)
With
When power is on the 28-volt de essential bus, the fuel cross-feed valve indicator light and, on NA-370-2 through
-6; -8~
and
-9 airplanes, the jettison control valve
indicator light must be
extinguished.
ENGINE ie~ition selector switch at normal, place "LH ENGITJE IDWE. Continue at to throttle switch ON and.advance left MASTER"
operation
feed line.
of left boost pump until fuel flow
ceases
from left fuel
(8)
Return left throttle to CLOSE
position:
and
place ~LH
ENGINE
EN%INE MASTER" switch at OFF.

CAUTION:
DO NOT PERMIT FUEL BOOST PUMPS TO OPERATE MORE THAN MINUTE WHEN TANKS ARE DRY. HEAT COOLED MOTOR MP;Y CAUSE PUMP DAMAGE.
1/2
BY THE UN-
(g)
Drain fuel remaining in left wing center section through tank sump If the amount drained is more than 4 drain to determine quantitSr. gallons, the ejector pump is not functioning properly.~ If too much
fuel
remains,
make
an
nozzles.
(Refer
to
paragraph
obstruction check of fuel transfer ejector 2.0. in 28-20-2.)
ii
(L1)
Reconnect Left fuel feed line to left engine.
Repeat steps
(3) through (10)
for
checle af right vlng ejector pump.
(12)
2.
Remove external power and
position
switches at normaJ.
positions.
Fuel Cross-Feed V~ve Check-out Procedure

A.
Checking Right Leveling
Fuel
System,
Boost Cross-feed
VaJ~ve,
and
Wing Fuel
(1)
On left overhead forward de essentia;l circuit-breaker
panel,
engage
the
following circuit breakers:

"LH ENGINE
"RH ENGINE
"LH ENGINE
IGN IGN
(a)
BOOST" BOOST"
(b)
(c)
MASTER" MASTER"
LH
(d)
"RH ENGINE
(e)
(f.)
"BOOST PUMP
"BOOST PUMP
FUEL"
RH FUEL"
(g)
ol)
"FUEL-X-FEED
TANK"
"FUEL-X-PEED- BOOST"
28-20-3
Page 604
Jul
6/73
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(2)
On
NA-370-~ through -6,
-8,
and
-g airplanes,
on
electrical master
and emergency overhead switch panel, make sure "EMERGENCY JETTISON" switch is at OFF. On right engine switch panel,
sure
FUEL
make
"FITEL" switch is at NORMAL.
(See
figure
28-20-601.)
NOTE:
When power is on the 28-volt de essential bus, the n~el cross-feed valve indicator light and the jettison control
valve indicator
light
muse be
extin~guished.
The
fuselage
tank must be
full to
provide
head of fuel to conduct the
following
source
the necessary gravity-flow tests.
(3)
(4)
Connect 28-volt de external power

Disconnect cont~iner
to
airplane.
Place
a
in
right fuel feed a position to
line at receive
right engine.
fl~el
from this
5-gallon
open line.
(4)
Actuate
"RH ENGINE
ENGINE MASTER" switch to ON.
Check that
fuel
flows
has
from open reed line, indicating that been energized to open position.
right
fuel shutoff valve
*NA-370-2 through
-6,
-8 and -9
Jul
6/73
28-20-3
Page 604A
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL JETTISON WARNING 4
a~
?o
LH ENGINE-ION 8
?a
RH ENGINE-IGN 8 BOOST CONT*
ENG SYS
FUEL X-FEED-
FUEL X-FEED-TANK
BOOST CONT*
WARNING-FUELX-FEED
BOOST
LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER
RH ENGINE-
1
I
*z
1
I
lTO(K564)
1
TO
RHFB-XI
(LH
ENGINE SWITCH
PANEL)
ENGINE MASTER (RH

ENGINE SWITCH
:6*3
LHFB-XI
*3
*2
,*I
,I_1--1
OFF
PANEL)
(5553)
1
I
i
I I
r
I
_
I
I
c3
ci
~LC2
TO "FUEL
(5557) o(ADVANCED)
OSED)
LH MAIN THROTTLE FUEL BOOST AND ISNITION (WIDR*NT ASSEMBLY THROTTLE CONTROL) RH MAIN THROTTLE FUEL BOOST AND IGNITIM (OUANDRANT ASSEMBLY THROTTLE CONTROL)
JETTISON:
FUEL X-FEED
TO "FUEL
t+r olADVANCED)
SWITCH
1(663)1
8 TANK SEL
(I~
PANEL)
(RH
LH JETTISON
ENGINE SW X-FEED
jx_z
JETTISON" SWITCH
FUEL CONT
RH JETTISON
FUEL CONT
(Z~
LH TANK
o
Nonm
18710)
I
82
oRH
TANK
K670
~P
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LH OVERHEAD FORWARD DC ESSENTIAL CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL
I
3
1 44
IC2
XI
32
RH
;I
~I
I
C2
PILOTS COMPARTMENT
_cl ci at
*3
RELAY BOX ASSEMBLY
I
nz
*1
FUEL
B2
(K567)
1
7 7
(8565)
TO "FUEL SEL SW NOT NORMAL"
CROSSFEED
STA 143 RH
sl
na
(FCF)~
CAUTION LIGHT
IRH
FUEL BOOST CONTROL
I
LH TANK SELECTOR
I
;_
Al
Xi
(LHFBC)t
I I I(RHFBC)t
I I
..,izy
(LTS) 2
(8668)
RH TANK SELECTOR
(RTS) t
83~
82
I
AI
I
B -1
TANK CROSS-FEED VALVE (STA 257 CL)
04;
C
c?
11
~I(OPEN)
r(CLOSED)
I"
Al~l
t2
(CLOSEDV_
_I _(OPEN)
I
I~cl
C3
1~3i-T)
1
"I
I
1
MOTOR
I
VV510
FE
MOTOR v FE
Ic?
ct
X2
s2
Ipe3
a3
I I sl
PUMP CROSS1*2
Al
BOOST CROSS-FEED VALVE
L
3 8
A3
FEED OPENED
TO "FUEL PUMP X-FD
(STA 256 CL)
(PCO)~
nJ Al
TO "FUEL TANK X-FD FAIL" CAUTION LIGHT

5
*3
n?
B3
Al
FAIL" CAUTION LIGHT

A2 A3
I
TO RH FUEL
B2
BOOST PUMP RELAY

N.O. CONTACT "A2"
TO LH FUEL
~Bi
Al~
BOOST PUMP RELPIY

N.O. CONTACT "A2"
xl
(K122~,2
RIGHT FUEL BOOST MONITOR (RFBM)
(ENERGIZED WHEN RH BOOST PUMP IS OFF)
PUMP CROSS. FEED WARNING

xl
Al
n2
AAl
B
n3
PUMP CROSSFEED CLOSED
(PCW) t
A1
TANK CROSSxl
LEFT FUEL BOOST MONITOR (LFBM)

(ENERGIZED WHEN LH BOOST PUMP IS OFF)
(PCC)~
cK~j 8563
(K570)
TANK CROSSFEED WARNING
11
--I n2~ ~nl

xl
FEED CLOSED
(8560)
TANK CROSSFEED OPENED
(TCW)S
1
(TCt)
x2
(TCO)C
1
5310-2-4&15
Fuel
JU1
Cross-feed
6/73
System Electrical Schematic
NA-370-2 Through
-6,
-8 and -g
e8-20-3
Page 605
X:
Figure 28-20-601
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
oC
FUCL W*RNINt
IELECT
sn
SnFUEL X-FEEDBOOST
~FUEL
TANK
X-FEED-
(CB569)
<CB593)
FUEL X-FEED
g TANK SEL
(RH ENGINE SW PANEL)
X-FEED
(5624)
LH TANK
~RH
TANK
F
K670)
NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS FIRE APPLICABLE NA380-5.-10.-12 AND LATER TO
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
lt5
AIRPLANES
13
FUEL
CROSSFEED
TO ~FUEL 5EL Sw
3
NOT NORMAL~ CAUTION LIGHT
I
I
I
I
I
I
15
(FCF)
LH TANK SELECTOR
15
2~
IRH TANK
(LTS)
CK~) f
r
lllD3~1
Ar
D2(31
B -I
TANK CROSS-FEED VALVE (STA 257 CL)

B
CI(OPEN)
(CLO5ED)
-1(CLOSEDL)_
7,
)_(OPEN)
(51 D1
1161
134
I
,2 11~1 IZI
X1
I"
VVSII
MOTOR
"1
MOTOR
i
VVSIO
E
111)
C2
C3 (9)
191
C~
C3 1111
Icl
(2)
BZ
1131
(K561)
~Clil
L-
~---J
3~E
L
TO "FUEL TANK X-FD
s
83131
sl (5)
PUMP CROSSL31
A2
Al
n3111 I51
FEED OPENED
TO "FUEL PUMP X-FD FAIL" CAUTION LIGHT
:7:
1(3~ 11)
BOOST CROSS-FEED VALVE (STA 256 CL)
(PCO)
3111
1
FAIL" CAUTION LIGHT

sla, 118)
as Is,
1,1 161
1
161
83
TO RH FUEL BOOST PUMP RELAY N.O. CONTACT "A2"
Al
141
BZ
(31
3(11
1311
3
813~
115)
xl
TO LH FUEL
541
"5)
sl
(41
BOOST PUMP RELAY

N.O. CONTACT "A2"
14,
PUMP CROSSFEED WARNING

2 7
1(8)
(K1223
RIGHT FUEL BOOST MONITOR (RFBM) (ENERGIZED
WHEN Rn
6i~a
LEFT FUEL BOOST MONITOR (LFBM)
(ENERGIZED WHEN LH BOOST PUMP IS OFF)
PUMP CROSS. FEED CLOSED
(PCW)
Ic 4
(K569)
2
4151
TANK CROSS.
(K570)
(PCC)
FEED WARNING
Ii
r
TANK CROSS- ~-C; 7 FEED CLOSED
1
(6) 2
06560)
TANK CROSSFEED OPENED
(TCC)
(TCW)
(7067)
S380-2-48-1A
BOOST PUMP IS OFF)
Fuel Cross-feed
NA-370-1 28-20-3
and
-7, NA-380-1
System Electrical Schematic and Later Airplanes Figure 28-20-602
oct
3h~
Page 606
SAB#E L1NER
MA1NTENANCE MANUAL
(6)
(7)
Advance
Check that fuel flow inright engine throttle to IDLE. that boost indicating right creases, pump has been energized.
Return
creases,
right engine throttle to CLOSE and indicating that right boost pump
"RH ENGINE
ENGINE MI1STER"
that
check
was
that fL~el flow de-energized.
de-
(8)
(9)
Return flow
switch
fuel
to
OFF.
Check that
was
fuel
stops, indicating
right
shutoff valve
closed.
On left
gage
overhead forward de
essential
circuit-breaker
RH FITEL"
panel,
circuit
disen-
"FUEL-X-FEED
TANK" and "BOOST PUMP
breakers.
(10)
Actuate flows
valve
"RH ENGINE
open
ENGINE feed
M~ISTER" switch
to that
ON.
Check
fuel
that
fuel
from the
was
line, indicating
right
shutoff
open. Advance
left
(Ilj
Actuate IDLE.
"FUEL" switch to -X-FEED.

Check that
fuel
flow
engine throttle
to
indicating that boost is energized and is furnishing
from open right feed line increases, cross-feed valve is open and left boost pump
fuel to
right engine.
"FZT~EL" switch to NORMAL.
that OFF.
left
was
(12)
Return Check
left
engine throttle
to
CZOSE
and
and
thait
fuel flow decreases
stops, indicating
switch
to
boost pump was de-energized and that boost closed. Return "RH ENGINE ENGINE
cross-feed valve
(i3)
Engage ~FUEL-X-FEED
PUMP
LH FUEL"
circuit breaker.
to
TANK" circuit breaker and disengage "BOOST Actuate "RH ENGINE ENGINE
Check that
fuel
flows
was
M~STER" switch
ON.
from open
feed
line,
indicating that right fLzel shutoff
valve
opened.
and left
(14)
Actuate
"mTEL" switch
to
to LH TANK.
Advance
right
engine
feed line.
throttles
IDLE.
in fuel
Engage "BOOST PUMP

a
LH FU~EL"
feed
circuit breaker. line
Check that there is

An increase that the
fuel
flow increase
fromopen right
flow
from the open right

was
indicates
left booster pump
energized.
circuit breaker Check whether
and
(15)
LH FITEL" Disengage "BOOST PUMP PUMP RH FUEL. cicuit breaker.

decrease.
A decrease
there
engage "BOOST is a fuel flow
in fuel
flow indicates
that the
right
booster
pump was not
energized..
to RH TANK.
(16)
Actuate
"FLTEL" switch
Check whether there line. An increase
is
fuel
flow increase
from open
right
pump
reed
was
in fuel flow
indicates
right booster
energized.
circuit breaker
and engage "BOOST is a fuel
(17)

PUMP I;H FUEL"
flow decrease.
RH FITEL"
circuit breaker.
not
Check whether there
A fuel flow decrease indicates
that the left
booster pump
was
energized.
throttles
Place
(18)
Return
right
and left
to
to CLOSE
at
and~"RH ENGINE
normal
ENGINE
and
MC1STER" switch
OFF.
switches
positions
Mar
1/70
~8-20-3
Page 607
SA~R ELI N ER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
disengage circuit breakers. Remove external power; then connect right fuel reed line to right engine.
Checking Left
Fuel System and Boost Cross-feed Valve
(1)
On left overhead forward de essential circuit-breaker
panel,
engage
the
following circuit breakers:

"LH ENGINE "RH ENGINE "LH ENGINE "RH ENGINE "BOOST PUMP
"BOOST WMP
IGN 80
(a) (b) (c)
BOOST"
BOOST"
IGN
MASTER"
(d)
(e) (f)
MASTER"
LH FUEL"
RH FUEL"
(g) (h)
(2)
On
"FUELIX-F~EED
"FUEL-X-FEED NA-370-2 through
TANK" BOOST"
-6, -8,
and -g
airplanes,
on
electrical
master FUEL
sure
and emergency overhead switch panel, make sure "EMERGENCY JETTISON" switch is at OFF, On right engine switch panel,
make
"FITEL" switch is at NORMAL.
NOTE_: When power is
on
the!
I
e
feed valve
indicator
indicator
28-volt dc essential bus, the fuel crose+ light and the 3ettison control valve be extinguished.
The fuselage tank must be full to provide the Ieceassry head of fuel to conduct the following gravity-flow tests.
source
(3)
to
airplane.
Place
a
(4)
(5)
Disconnect left fuel feed line at left

container in
a
engine.
5~gallon
position to receive fuel from this open line,

ENGINE MASTER" switch to ON. Check that fuel that left fuel shutoff valve
Actuate "LH ENGINE
flows from open feed line, has been energized to open
indicating
position.
to lLLS.
(6)
(7) (8)
Aavance left
engine
Check ~tht fuel flow inl
creases, indicating that left boost pump has been eIerlited.

Return left
engine
throttle to GLOBE and check that fuel now d~
creases, indicating
Return "LH ENGINE flow
that left boost pL~p was
de-eoergisad,
ENGINE MABTER"
stops, indicating that

-B and -9
switch to OFF. Checle that fuel left fuel shutoff valve was closed.
(*NA-370-2
28-20-3
Page 608
through -6,
iJ~
6hj
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(9)
On the left breakers.
overhead forward de
essential circuit breaker and "BOOST mJMP

Lii ~T,"
panel,
circuit
disengage "FUEL-X-FEED
TANK"
(10)
Actuate
"LK ET~TGIME
open.
ENGI1\TE I2~cZSTER"
switch at ON.
that
Check that fuel
flows from the valve

was
open feed
line, indicating
left
fuel shutoff
(11)
Actuate
IDLE.
"FUEL"
switch to -X-FEED. fuel flow

boost
Check that and is
Advance rig~lt engine throttle to rromopen left reed Ime increases, inopen and right boost
pump is
to
dicatlng that
cross-reed valve is
left
energized
furnishing fuel
throttle
to
engine.
switch to NOilM~.
that
(12)
Return
right engine
CLOSE and "FUEL:

and
Check that
fuel flow decreases
stops, indicating
right
was
boost pump was de-energized and that boost ~NGINE Re-turn "I~ EPITGINE closed.
cross-feed valve switch to O~.
!13)
C.
Connect and
left
f~el feed Line

breakers
to
left
engine,
at
remove
esternal ~OWeT,
place circuit
and switches
normal goslticns.
Checking Tank Cross-feed ial~re
(I)
Defuel Level
airplane.
(2) (3)
(4)
airplane by using Jac~s.

~allons
of
Fill right wing with about 100 (gravity) refueling method.

On left the
fuel.
Use
emergency
overhead
forward de
essential
panel,
engage
following
"LE
circuit breakers:
(a)
IG~
300ST"
(b) (c)
(d)
"RX E2JCI~E
"TJI. ENGI~E
"RH
IGN ~e 900ST"
(e)
(f) (i1)
(5)
On
"SCOST PUMP
LH
R9 FUEL"
"BOOST
BOOST"
?1~2-370-2 through
-6, -8,
and
and emergency overhead switch switch is at O~-F.

sure
-g airDlanes, on electrical master Danel, make sure O;; right engine switch r;anel, ~asre
switch is at NOF1MAI;. When feed

must
is
on
the
;alve
2s-volt DC essential bus, the fuel
~ross-
indicator
light and,
on
NA-270-2
t~rcugh
-6,
-8
and -g
airplanes, the Jsttison be extinguished.

power
control
inc~icator lisht
(i;)
Connect
28-volt DC Px-ternal
source
to
ai-r-olane.
loct
3/:7
Page
6092a-20-3
SA E3 Fi E ~I N E H
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
at
(7)
(8) (9)
Disconnect
container
:.ight fuel
in
a
feed Line
to
right engine.
f~el
from this
"lace
o-pen
j-~allon
position
recei~e
line.
DisengagP "3003T
Actuate
RH
breaker.
"RH ENGT?SE
Wait
~ASTER" switch
about
one
to
"ON".
Actuate
switch to "-X-F~ED".
minute,
(10)
Check that fuel "lows ~ron: left engine throttle to IDL~. to line right engine, indicating that Left boast open right feed valve is open, a~d boost crosscross-feed tank is energized, pum~
Advance feed valte
is open.
(11)
(12)
Actuate "FUEL"
switch to LH TANK.
Wait until
fuel flow decreases.

was
This will indicate that tank cross-feed valve

Return
closed.
and
left
engine throttle
to
CLOSE,
switch
co
"RH ENGLi~
decrease and stop.
switch to "O~"
~el flow
shoulh
(13) (1~)
Later
Place
switches and circuit breakers at normal fuel feed Line

to
positions.
Sonnect
power
right
rig~t engine and
remove
Lower and
remove
jacks,
~ircralt
acd
Ocerational Z~ecli of 9uel Yeater Sjistern
An o~erational check of the
tion-cy~le
A.
To
can
be
made
only if
fuel heater system in the open or ~odulathe ft~el temperature is at or below 35
degrees Fahrenfieit,
perform operational
are
check of the
temperatures
below
35 degrees Fahrenl?eit, proceed

to
fuel heater system when the fuel follows: as
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
Start engines
(rerer
chapter
71),
apgroxlmately 8T
percenT,.
Adrance
throttle to operate engine at

presence or" airflow at
Check the
in the
fuel heater overboard e:chaust sort
engine nylon lower skin.

there
if fuel temperatures are above ?5 degrees no air from the fuel heater ex~aust zsort
:Iri,llce
Repeat operation check

Shut down engines.
for
opposite engine.
28-to-3
Page 510
Oct
3/77
SA a r~ IE~ L~
MAINTENANCE
Ea
MANUAL
PRESSURE REFUELING SYSTEM i.
General The pressure refueling system single-point receptacle, board leading edge, provides a single-point method for
in the
filling
Tight wing inthe Integral
A test and control vaj_ve near the wing and fuselage (awtiliary) fuel tanks. receptacle has primary and secondary valve test and fuselage tank fill control buttons. Wing refueling shutoff valves in the wing tank center sections shut off refueling to the wings and are actuated through sensing lines extending to the fuel vent and level control pilot valves in the wing tip ribs. Fuel to the fuselage tank is shut off by a one-piece fuel shutoff and dual level control valve. Primary and secondary va~ve test lines connect the reto the wing tip and fuselage tank level control valve test control fueling and secondary diaphragms in the fuel shutoff the check to primary valves, valves. Refueling vent vaJ_ve pressure lines route refueling pressure from the single-point receptacle to the refueling vent valves in each wing tip valve, thus permitting wing tank venting during refueling.
vent
wing refueling vent valves should fail to open, the spring-loaded in the fuselage tank fitting to the vent and transfer lines (between the wing center sections and the auxiliary tank) will open after This allows wing reapproximately 1-1/4 psi pressure build-up in the wing. if the vent valves fuel tank. the auxiliary through However, fueling venting at the wing tips fail to open, air trapped in the wing would prevent fuel If this should from reaching the floats in the wing refueling pilot valve. happen, fuel would overflow from the vent at the tail cone and the wing
If
the
valves
affected would not be A line

tank
filled.
from the
fuel
aids
transfer
top of the wing center section to the top of the auxiliary from the auxiliary tank during climb.
When
fuel pressure is applied to the singie-point pressure refueling receptacle, the fuel is directed to~the right and left wing center section tank.
compartments.
Fuel
fills
the
center
wing compartments,
flows
through
the
interconnect tubes, and spills over through the vent passages at the top of From the the wing ribs into the inner compartments of the outer wing panels. and into co;nnartrr,ent intermediate the inner compartments, the fuel flor~s into
From the intermediate comleading edge section through the front spar, Fuel ij al~o flowing to the the outer into flows compartment. partment, r2~el control tank test and valve valve, and to the re~ueling fuselage refueling is turned on from Plow after valves. vent refueling Right refueling wing tip the refueling source, the primary and secondary refuelin~ valve test buttons should be pressed separately. Refueling flow should stop after each button is pressed. As soon as shutoff is satisfactory, re~ueling should be continued.
the
Fuel
at
lifting
the
floats
causes
in the the
each wing tip

section
refueling level control pilot and vent valve remotely controlled shutoff valves in each
shut
center
compartment
to
off the
fuel.
(See
fi~res
and
~8-21-2.)
and pilot valve is pressurized. open by refueling pressure during the refueling operation, and is closed by fuel
The vent portion of the level control
Mar
1/70
~e-2L-o
Page.
1
SAB1RE n~l ~bilEa

MA(NTENANCE.
MANUAL
pressure equalization when the wing fuel tank system is filled. zation pressure is received from the shutoff valve sensing Lines
This
equali-
when the
Flow is then wing refueling level control valve floats seat the needles. directed past a shuttle valve to the opposite side or the refueling vent valve diaphragm, equa~izing the refueling pressure which opened the valve allowing the spring to return the valve to the closed position.
and
When refueling pressure is applied to the single-point pressure refueling receptacle, pressure flows to the refueling valve test and fuselage tank re-
fueling control valve; this valve normally directs pressure to the fuselage This actuates the va53~ve integral dual level control va;lve test diaphragms. closed and prevents inadvertent filling of the fuselage tank. The tank is filled by first depressing the "SXUMFF AUX" button and then the "FILL AUX" button of the refueling valve test and fuselage tank refueling control valve, and then releasing the "SHUTOFF AUX" button first. Tkis depressurizes the test diaphragms and allows the level valve floats to function normally, shutting off the fuel at the 163-ge~lon level.
Fusela_ge
The
Tank
Refueling Level Control Valve
fuselage tank refueling level control valve is installed on the aft wall fuselage tank on the left side and is supported to the aft tank comA dual-float, dual-diaphraEgn valve, with primary and partment bulkhead.
or the
secondary test provisions,
it is used to control the
fuel level
or the
fuselage tank,
Dual-float level control valves have
actuates
a
two
floats mounted side by
side.
Each
chamber, pressurizing dual diain the chamber. The phragms diaphragms are stacked one on the other pressure and operate in series so that if one diaphraEpn fails, the other will close the valve. The pressure chamber is bounded on one side by a casting, and on the inlet side by a flexible rubberized diaphrae;m. The diaphragms are sandwiched between the casting, which forms one side of the pressure chamber, and a cast ring, which includes the inlet bolting flange and the valve seat.
needle valve outside
the
float
The valve
face
is mounted in the
center of the
diaphragm
and is
spring-
loaded against the valve seat. Through the center of the valve face is a small orifice which permits some of the fuel flowing through the valve to flow
into the
permits
An orifice pressure chamber. this chamber to fill with fuel
through the cast wall of this chamber and also permits a small amount of
fuel to flow through the chamber, The pressure at the valve inlet overcomes the spring holding the valve closed and fuel spills through the ve~ve between the
valve
inlet.
face
and the
valve
seat,
around the
cast
legs which support
the valve
Needle valves controlled

of fuel
by the floats
in the float chamber
shut off the flow
through pressure chambers when the fuel level In the tank raises the floats. When the flow through the chambers is shut off, the pressure builds up to equal the pressure at the inlet of the valve. The pressure in
the
the
is
diaphra~pn, which by the pressure in the inlet Line because of the greater area of the diaphraEyn compared to the This greater force coupled with the area of the opening of the valve seat. spring force causes the valve to close, shutting off the fuel at the desired
chambers
a
greater
than
is multiplied into the total force
total
force,
back or the
imposed
on
the valve
face
28-21-0 Page 2
Mar
X~VO
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
SINGLE-POINT
WING UIMB VENr,
WING r*NK
REFUELING RECEPTACLE
WING
FILTER
TEST
P"O
O
F1LL AUX
OSEC TEST
ft
SINGLE-POINT REFUELING TEST (alcHT WING ONLI)

ct
n
AlR
02 ~f
DUAL REMOTE-CONTROL
SHUTOFF VALVE
AIO OVBD
i#
~f
VENT
tt
II
I~
II
VENT
DUAL REMOTE-CONTROL SHUTOFF VALVE
GRAVITY REFUELING FILLER ACCESS
SINGLE-POINT REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL PILOT AND VENT VALVE

SINGLE-POINT REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL PILOT AND VENT VALVE
11
II
PI III
GRAVITY REFUFCING FILLER ACCESS
DUAL INTEGRAL LEVEL CONTROL
NO~
For
relation to
daritg, components airplane design.
are
not in proper
VALVE (FLOA7-CONTROLLED)
CJ
tl
I 1
IIIII
FUEL P~ESSUIIE (Pslmnlr TEST)
FUEL SENSING (PRIMlLRrI
VENT VALVE PRESSUEE FUELSENSING ISEceNDARV)

tHEa( VIL~I
la~RI
rN
FUSELAGE (AUX) FUEL TANK
FUEL PRESSURE (srcoNenRv TPsr)
I;lf
SIPI~ON
GRAVITY REFUELING FILLER ACCESS
IULIPOPIIN YUVFI
FUEL-VENT I TRANSFER REFUELING
INrrRCONNECf TUBES
FUELVENT
FUEL VENT FLAME ARRESTER
BREAKER
VALVE
Pressure
Mar
1/70
Re~ueling System Schematic Figure 28-21-1
28-21-0 Page 3
SAB R IEI L11~8 E W

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

VENT OUTLET AND FLAME
FUSELAGE AUXILIARY TANK REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL VALVE
SUPPRESSOR SCREEN
REFUELING PILOT AND VENT VALVE
REFUELING
PILOT AND VENT VALVE
r
!\~SHUTOFF
VALVES
FILTER
slNGLE-POINT IPRESSUBE) REFUELING CONTROL RECEPTACLE
REFUELING
SHUTOFF TEST AND AUXILIARY REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
6FPIGINAIL As Received By ATP j,
Fressure
Mar
1/70
Refueling System ComFonent Figure
~ocatlons
P?ne
Vt:
aa
OE L( IIY Ef ~Q
MAiNflLPcBANC@ #ANLIAL
level.
Bpring-loaded
are
pressures which
Test
rclieP valves Frrol;ect the FP"e,sure cheabere trom surge imposed on the valve when the new is shut off,
two
provisions consist of
ondery, psrallleling loaded against test

When pressure is close the needle,
the needle valves,
smaller pressure chambff~, The chambers have
primary end
8eCI
diaphrlaesaa,
and stems extending to the ne+d2e polue linkage, applied to the diaphragat, the stem actuates the linkage to thus testingthe valve for operation.
Wing Rcnt~ling Shutoff_Valvea King refueling shutoff valves are installed on branches of the refueling in the right and left center sections, Exccept for the different mount~
are
line
ings and for the fact that control and test sections of the valve wing tip, these valves are similar to the. awriliary tank valve.
in the
The control lines connecting the King refueling shutoff valves to the wing refueling level control pilot and vent valve are important to the proper o-Feration of the valves, and case must be taken during installation and maintenance operations for their protection, Fuel now through the lines is the to shutoff valves for remain Kinked or deeply indented necessary open, Lines may contribute to or no-now conditions, Also, malfunctions partialof the wing refueling level control pilot and vent valve due to icing, foreign materials, or deterioration or parts will, be reflected in the operation or the refueling shutoff valves, The
surge pressure relier valves
are
attached to the
connect the
primary and secondary sensing Lines control valves in the wing tip,
4. Wing Refueling Level Control
Pilot
pressure chamber, while pressure chamber to the level
andVent Valve
The wing refueling level control pilot and vent valve testss wing refueling shutoff valve, provides a vent for air in the wing during single-point rethe vent opening against loss of fuel, and controls the level fueling, The refueling test which the wing Kill be filled when pressure-refueled. section or the valve consists of two pressure chambers, primary and se~ondary, placed on opposite sides. Diaphragms across the chambers have stems
to
sea~s
attached which bear the needle valve
ondary buttons
the needle
are
pressed,
and
the
valve
linkage
When either primary or seclinkage, corresponding diaphragm is extended, actuating closing the port.
The vent valve portion has a rubber-sealed poppet valve. opening into the The stem of the valve extends into a third pressure chamber, where it wing, A spring on one side of is attached to a diaphraan separating the chamber.
the
the the diaphrae~zl loads the valve to close, single-point receptacle at 12 to ~5
Refueling pressure directly from psi opens the valve to vent, .When
wing
which direct
shutoff
filled, floats in the level control section close needle valves refueling pressure from the sensing lines (from the refueling valve) to the opposite side of the diaphra~n equalizing the refuelis
ing pressure,
This allows the spring to close the vent valve,
Should
one
or the floats fail, to admit pressure, a, shuttle-type check valve closes off the railed portion or the valve, ensuring operation, For dive venting, a
C)RIIGINdak
As
~8-21-0 Page
Cij JJ
L
&Y
Flsr
1/70
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WING REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL PILOT AND VENT VALVE (Contd)

pressure of 4 to 5 psi differential between the atmosphere and the tank will cause the valve to admit air
6.
AFT FUSELAGE TANK MAIN VENT AND FUEL TRANSFER VALVE The aft fuselage tank main vent and fuel transfer valve, located in the bottom of the aft fuselage fuel tank, functions in 3 modes of operation. The valve allows the aux tank fuel to gravity feed to the wing tanks. The valve also allows wing fuel to expand into the aux tank, eliminating the possibility of wing tank rupture. In the event of overpressurization, the valve allows the wings to vent into the aux tank.
to the tank.
refueling level control pilot valve section has dual floats, each attached to a needle valve. Fuel raising the floats causes the valves to seat. This stops flow from the primary and secondary sensing lines from the refueling shutoff valve in the center section area of the wing. When pressure builds up in the sensing lines, the shutoff valve is actuated to close.
The 5.
REFUELING TEST AND CONTROL VALVE

The refueling test and control valve is flush-mounted inside the right wing inboard leading edge, on the lower surface. Two control buttons govern the primary and secondary refueling valve test procedures. The third button, which is in the center, controls fuel flow to the fuselage fuel tank, and the fourth button unlocks and holds the center button during fuselage tank refueling. The valve contains four plungers or pistons so sectioned as to provide channels for fuel flow to the primary and secondary test diaphragms. Each of the three buttons in line presses on two plungers at one time. The outside plungers service the primary and secondary systems in the wings and fuselage tank. The two center plungers control pressure refueling for the fuselage tank. In normal position, with no buttons depressed, both fuselage tank valve test diaphragms are pressurized; the wing valves are not.
When either the primary or the secondary button is pressed, flow is directed to the wing control valves and is cut off from one or the other test system to the fuselage tank valve, thus allowing the opposite half of the fuselage tank valve to be checked. Pressing the center button, after releasing it with the lock button (SHUTOFF AUX), depressurizes both primary and secondary diaphragms on the fuselage tank control valve and allows the valve to open and refuel the tank. A filter is installed in the line from the singlepoint receptacle to the control valve, mounted on an adjacent rib. It prevents contamination in the fuel from reaching the control valve.
28-21-00
e
Page 7 Aug 1/86
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WING TANK WING TANK VENT OUTLET
ALSO ALLOWS WING FUEL TO VENT (OUT) EXPAND INTO AUX TANK.
FLAPPER CHECK VALVE
ISOLATION OF
11112(~1.41 PSI SPRING TENSION)
ifi
01;:
WING TANK VENT OUTLET FLAPPER CHECK VALVE
AUXILIARY FUEL
(1-i/2 (f.1.4)
PSI SPRING
TENSION)
TRANSFER AND WING

TANK VENT CHECK VALVE
(SWING TYPE) FUEL CELL
j
:i I
:G
r
6
AUXILIARY FUEL
TRANSFER AND WING

TANK VENT CHECK VALVE
(S\NING TYPE)
FREE FLOW
f
SEALED TANK
FUELIVENT(IN
COMPARTMENT
WING TANK VENT

AND AUXILIARY I;UEL
AUXILIARY FUSELAGE
Y
TRANSFER INLET PORTS
FUEL CELL DRAIN VALVE-
AUXILIARY FU~ELAGE
C"
c
FUEL TANK COM-
PARTMENT DRAIN
iil
o
ti~
pi"
e-
a
~il,
u+
sas-2-4e-sl
ICT
Figure
28-2 1-3
Aft
Fuselage Tank Main Vent and Fuel Transfer Valve
28-21-00
Page 8 Aug 1/86
o
COPYRIGHT, 1986
SAIB R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PRESSURE REFUELING SYSTEM

i.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Trouble
Shooting
Pressure
Refueling System
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
PROBABLE CAUSE
A.
REFUELING PILOT AND VENT VALVES REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL VALVE
(FOR WING TANKS) OR FUSELAGE AUXILIARY TANK (FOR FUSELAGE AUXILIARY FUEL TANK) DOES NOT
STOP IIEFUELING FLOW WHEN REFUELING VALVF, TEST BUTTONS APE PRESSED.
(1)
valve
Defective
pilot
or
Remove
"B" nut
on
pressure fuel when

test button
If flow
exists,
and vent valve

test
line of
suspected diaphra~Sn.
diaphragm.
Check for flow of
open chamber and check diaphragm. If
refueling control is pressed.
O.K.,
check
level control valve

or
shutoff valve.
(2)
valve
Ruptured shutoff diaphragm.
Listen for operation of valve If at each wing.
Replace
valve.
operates and
valve
is
flow
continues,
valve
defective.
(3)
seals
Test valve
cut
or
plunger
Remove
worn.
primary
"B" nuts at wing tip and secondary test

Check for
Repair
test
or
replace
control valve.
fittings.
pressure.
B.
REFITELING PILOT AND VENT VALVE: VENTS FAIL PO OPEN.
(1)
Ruptured diaphragm
in vent valve.
During reruelin~, check for airflow from wing tip lower If no flow, remove surface.
"B" nut
for
at
Replace
valve.
valve
and check If
refueling pressure. O.R., refer to remedy.

was no
(2)
Loose
"B" nut
on
If there pressure
tion
refueling control receptacle.

line to
in
previous
pressure or isoladefuel
access
Tighten
as
necessary.
procedure,
remov~
airplane,
and check
is
door,
"B" nuts.
If nut
tight,
pressure-check
line.
(3)
C.
Line passage
Check for flow at vent
valve.
Repair
line.
or
replace
blocked.
REFUELING PILOT AND VEP~P VALVE FAILS PO CLOSE.
(1)
Broken valve return
Check to
see
whether valve
on
Replace
valve.
spring.
stays open without pressure
system.
Mar
1/70
28-21-1
Page 101
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROBABLE CAUSE
D.
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
REMEPY
FUSELAGE TANK FILLS INADVERTENTLY.
(1)
valve.
Failed control
Check for fuel shutoff during
Replace valve.
refueling. Wing vent valve

Check for airflow from wine;
Refer to trouble
B.
(2)
(3)
rails to open.
tip during refueling.
Failed test and

control valve
"SHUTOFF AUX"
control button.
Withpressure refueling in progress~ loosen primary and secondasy sensing Lines at Bnut
Connect or repair faulty sensing
connections
on
level
con~
trol valve and check for fuel flow; if no flow exists~ check
line, or linesl or replace faulty refueling shutoff test

and control valve.
sensing lines between test and refueling control valve and refueling
for disconnected
valve.
E. FUEL FLOWS FROM MAIN VEMI OUlZET AFTER AI;L LEVEL CONTROL VALVES RAVE CBEC~EP3D
O. K.
(1)
F.
Wing tip fill vent
Refer to trouble B,
val~e failed to open,
FUSELAGE TANK FAILS TO FILL.
(1)
Test and control
Be
sure
to unlock "FILL AUX"
valve not
operated
properly.
button by pressing "SRUTOFF AUX" button first.

Check that there
sure
(2)
Test and control
is
and
no
pres-
Replace test
and
valve not functioning
properly.
G.
test
primary diaphragms.
at
secondary
control valve.
WING TANKS FAIL TO FILL.
(1)
Shutoff valves
With
actuated.
refueling pressure on airplane, check for fuel Plow from lines separately disi connected at wing refueling level control pilot and vent valve, with and without test buttons being pressed,
If flow is
valve. If
O.K.t
no
replace shutoff
flow,
source
check for of lint
stoppage (kinls, dents, or foreil5li
matter),
28-21-1 Page loe
Mar ~ltot
SAeRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PRESSURE REFUELING SYSTEM

i.
Replacement
A.
of
Fuselage Tank Refueling Level Control Valve
Removing Fuselage Tank Refueling Level Control Valve

This
valve
is
accessible
doors 1 and 55.
(Refer
to
through aft lower fuselage equipment Chapter 6, figure 6-00-3.)
access
(L)
Remove
valve
environmental system ducting and units mounted in front of
(2)
(3)
Disconnect the three

Remove
re-use.
lines attached to valve
and
line
support clips.
for
valve bracket
support ring
and two
gaskets.
Preserve
(4) (5)
(6)
B.
Remove
the
five
countersunk Save
screws
attaching
valve
to
cell.
Lift valve from cell.

Provide for cell
"O" ring for

Do not
re-use.
cover
opening.
use
tape.
Installing Fuselage Tank Refueling Level Control Valve 28-21-401.

of
(See figure
2.
Replacement
A.
Wing Refueling
Shutoff
Valves
Removing Wing Refueling Shutoff Valves

A
wing refueling shutoff valve is in the forward outer bay of each wing The right valve is attached to a branched fitting and section. the left is mounted singly.
center
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Deruel Remove
airplane.
access
door to bay to
square
right
or
left of
nose
wheel well.
Inside bay,
remove
stress
door
on
aft bulkhead of
bay.
Through
front door.
access
doors,
remove
access
on
door
on
spar.
Save
Stat-O-SeaLs
bolts
and
wing center section protect Cask-0-Seal
on
(5)
Disconnect
lines from
to
valve;
then
remove
the
six attach bolts.
(6) (7)
B.
Remove valve
wing.
door.
Shutoff Valves
Replace
spar
access
Installing Wing Refueling
(See figure 28-21-402.)
Mar
1/70
Page 401
SABRE LINER g~WBGBNAQ As Re@eived a~$

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P O
O
Rmov~
Protective covering rrom luel ceil opning
"Q IILT PACKING
Coot "O"
ring Pocking
with
pCol.(vm.
UILIIII*0
Place "0" ring pecking in groeve, and petition valve in opening. Stort,crew, in counlr~unk haler. FITTINGS
(AN8333D) BOLT (ANI4A ?1 RsQD) WASHER (mlB1OM 21 REPD)

mlLUn (AN507418R 12 88800)
de
C
~3
s~
e.
c
c
o\l II
3
a
oil
3 GASKET (268484074) SUPPORT RING
LVALVL (7-1D1195KOnLER)
FITTING (AN833 120)
FUEL CELL OPENING
GASKET
O
3
(265484073)
0~
BOLT (ANLIA-5 REPD) WASHER (Iwla.luM-5 REPD)
as-sco*
O Torque
~ive
Phillips
screws
to 50-70
inch-p.unds.
over
O opning.Petition O
and valve lupport ring
valve and
3/1 6IN. LINE "8" NUTS

v
through lupport ring, g.~k1, ond volve
O
O
Start bolt,
(24) through ,upport ring, galket,
and bulkhead.
Q
Draw up bolh into
valve, and then
into bulkhead.
O torque
~1
~u
all boltJ to 50.70
inch-pound~.
Connect "8" nut~ to valve fittingr. Torque 3/16-inch line "B" nutr to 25-35 inch-pounds; torque 3/4-inch line "8
nut to
300500
inch-pound,.
clampl.
A,t.ch line support
.,,ircnm.nml q.~m unill.
3/4 IN. LINE "B" NUI
.11~%
Illc2-uleC,
28-21-2 Page 402
Installing Fuselage Tank Ref~zeling Level Figure 28-21-401
Control Valve
Jul
6/73
As
BWIGIMAL By
A"B"P
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1.
Check valve serviceability, and inspect valve cure date to determine that valve is not outdated.Cheak that two AN919-6D fittings are installed.
Remove
access
NOTE
Two of the sit bolt holes in the valve moulztingflange are slotted. When removing the valve, loosen the two bolts in the slotted holes only a few tumzs; completely remove the otherfour bolts. The valve can then be rotated and removed (or installed). The two bolts that
are
2. 3.
door from front spar.
Refer to note, and position valve so that it aligns with the proper sensing lines. Start bolt into
mounting flange.
to be installed in the slotted
narrswollaH1
mounting holes should be installed on the replacement valve. The valve can then be properly positioned, with its fittings aligned with the proper sensing lines.
4.
5.
aarrl oooa I(HI
Start B nuts
on
lines, and tighten them by hand.
Tighten and torque mounting bolts to 50-75 inchpounds; torque 3/8-inch line B nuts to 75-125 inch-pounds.
arrualne
sHuroRvn~vrs
SENSING LINES
*CCESI D0011--Y
GASK-O-SEAL
REFUELING SHUTOFF VALVE
*j;
NAS1303-6 BOLT
MOUNTING BOLT
21616-1 OM
NAS1104-3W
(6 REQD)
VALVE ADAPTER
soo-ool-~oos STAT-O-SEAL
124 BEPB OF EAJ
I
FRONT SPAR ACCESS DOOR
LEFT AND RIGHT WING TYPICAL
265-48-121
d:
~I
VIEW LOOKING UP-L WING

(SKIN REMOVED)
265-48-l1F
SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES (TYPICAL 2 PLACES)

VALVE
INSTL ON INSTL ON
REFUELING
R WING SHOWN-L WING SIMILAR
SHUTOFF VALVE
rib
I~
VALVE ADAPTER
NOTE
The Gask-O-Seal is an integral part of the door and is not replaceable. ~f the Gask-O-Seal is damaged in any way, the access door must he replaced.
access
SENSING
LINES
6.
a:
r
7.
VIEW LOOKING UP-R WING
~lr
Ensure that the area is clean. Ensure that the Gasko~s,,l,,dst,t-o-sealsareserviceable;theninstall access door. Torque bolts 25-35 inch-pounds. Install stress door in
fuselage bay
and
access
door.
(SKIN REMOVED)-
Figure
28-21-402
Installing Wing Refueling Shutoff Valves
28-21-02
Page 403
0
Jun 12/89
Mr$-6942Bs
MAIPJ1CENAN@E IblANUAE
RENIOVAL( AND INSTALLATION (Continued)

REPLACEMENT OF WING REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL PILOT AND VENT VALVE
Removing Wing Refueling

Vent Valve
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Defuel
Level Control Pilot and
airplane.
Remove
wingtip.
Disconnectandcapall linestovalve.
Remove valve
mounting bolts. wing,

remove
Lift and slide valve from
O-ring and
air-dry before
6. Place
a
re-use. cover over
suitable
tape. (Removing it could explosion.)
cause a
wing opening. Do not use static spark and
Installing Wing Refueling Level Control Pilot and Vent Valve (see Figure 28-21-403).
REPLACEMENT OF REFUELING TEST AND CONTROL VALVE
Removing Refueling Test and Control Valve

1.
2.
Defuel
airplane.
access
Remove
door, lower surface, wing inboard
leading edge.
3.
Through access door and lightening hole, disconnect the five B nuts from test and control valve.
Ii~UIim
Care should be exercised when disconnecting lines in this area so that small lines are not excessivel21 bent or displaced, causing crossed lines or Icinks that could result in line stoppage and the necessityfor
replacement.
4.
5.
Remove the 10
screws
attachingvalve
to
wing skin.
Remove valve Gask-O-Seal from wing interior.

Provide
covers
6.
for openings, do not
use
tape.
Installing Refueling Test and Control Valve (see Figure 28-21-404). Cleaning and Replacing Refueling Test and Control Valve Filter Element
This filter should require changing only at the test and control valve overhaul periods or in case of valve failure, since there is relatively no flow through the filter. 1.
21-404) unless valve is removed; take off inlet line only.
Loosen B nuts to both sides of filter (see Figure 28if valve is removed,
28-21-02 I 12/89Pafe
404
Jun
COPYRIGHT, 1989
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
i. 2.
(Continued)
Observe fuel maintenance
precautions.
5. 6.
Inspect the cure dates on new valve to determine that valve is not outdated, and check its serviceability.
Lubricate "O" ring packing, using petrolatum.
Place "O" ring in groove of valve mounting and slide valve into position in wing.
Start attach bolts and tighten them evenly; then torque bolts to 25 inch-pounds. Connect all lines to valve and start "B" nuts by hand; then torque 3/8-inch line "B" nuts to 75-125 inch-pounds, and torque 3/16-inch line "B" nuts to 25-35 inch-pounds.
Install wingtip.
3. 4.
flange,
7.
"O" RING
P
6
lM529513-1461
REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL PILOT AND VENT VALVE
ATTACH BOLT
[?WIB-IOM WASHER (18 REOD)I
TEST AND SENSING LINES
TEST AND SENSING LINES
Figure 28-21-403
Installing Wing Refueling Level Control Pilot and Vent Valve
28-21-02
0
Page 405 Apr 4/92
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C)WIGINAB. As Received By A1~IIL)
O O O
Obl,rr, fuel
prrtoulionr.
O
rure
Install 90-degree elbow and "0" ring in inboord (inlet) part of valve, leaving jam nut loose so that it can be aligned ofter
it is installed.
Remove
~over
from wing.pening.
Inlpart
v.lu.
lervtsoblitl
not
.nd .het~ the
d.fe,
to
Lubric.le G.I~O-Se.l
OIYD"I ond
pori,ion
Ie.l in
(Rubber Tec~ uing,
No.
4P751 with petrol-
determine tho~ valve i,
ou~da)ed.
NOT~
removed
Whenever the
or
refueling control valve assembly is

fuel filter element
should also
replaced, the be replaced.

"O" RING
P/N042788
(M529512-5)~
~90 DEO ELBOW
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE ASSY

LIGHTENING HOLES
WING ACCESS -1
NO. 4975 GASK-O-SEAL

(RuserR recr)
JAM NUT
c c
TEST LINES
FILTER
111
L8
FILTER LINE
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
ACCESS DOOR
ATTACH SCREW (AN50710RB--10 REOD)
VIEW LOOKING UP, INBOARD L AFT
~rtell
door end
liphtnin. hole, porit~n

men
ltorl
Tighlen olloch
rcrewl
to
1~
inchpound..
G..lrOS.l it in
pl..i
,he lo ~tma
i O
Align 90-degree elbow with line from filter, start "8" nuts, tighfn i.m nut on .Ibow.
connect
"B" nut to 60-80
rr~
~u
inch line "B"
remaining line, to valve. Torque 5/16-inch line inch-pounds and torque the four 3/16 nuts to 25-35 inch-pounds.
(25 pri), check
to
low air pressure
determine whether
Figure 28-21-404
Installing Refueling Test and Control Valve
28-21-02
Page 406 Apr 4/92
o
QWIGINAL
As 8scsjbsd ATP
~3/
the two
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
valve to rib.
Remove
mounting bolts attaching body

from
(3) (4) (5)
Remove
filter
bay.
from filter
Loosen nut
and
remove
element
body.
blast, and recheclr
Slosh element and bowl

for cleanness
and
in solvent, clean general condition. and bowl.
with air
Reinstall element
(7)
(8)
Tighten retaining
Place valve in
nut
and
safety
wing
with
lockwire.
position
in
and
start
"B" nuts.
(g) (10)
(11)
Install valve
attach bolts.
Torque
"B"
nuts
60
to
80 inch-pounds.
is
If balance
and install
of
installation
door.
complete,
check for
foreign
matter
access
Replacement
A.
of
Single-point Refueling Receptacle
and
Adapter
Removing Single-point Refueling Receptacle and Adapter

The of
the
dust
single-point refueling receptacle adapter is accessible after the The receptacle housing is considered as part cover is removed. Removal the structure and is sealed by the groove sealing method.
housing
Make would
of
require
fuel
removal of
the
right
inboard
wing leading edge.

valves.
(1)
sure
that is
level
is below
airplane
Remove
left
fueled,
access
check valve door.
refueling shutoff may drip fuel.)
(If
receptacle
(3)
(4)
B.
Drain
refueling adapter.
the
and six
line
by manually opening poppet valve
in
receptacle
Remove
screws
around
receptacle adapter.
fall out of the
The
receptacle
adapter
"0" ring should
recess.
Installing Single-point Refueling Receptacle
and
Adapter
(1)
Check
O-ring
seal
packing
petrolatum
for
serviceability.
Coat
"0"-ring
with
(Federal Specification W-P-~36).
(3)
(4)
(5)
Place
"O" ring in groove and position receptacle adapter

into
(MS~14484-1)
Install
Install
housing.
receptacle adapter
and
screws
around
attach
cover
chain.
dust
cover.
Mar 1/70
~8-21-2
Page 407
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Check Valve Assembly
6.
Replacement
A.
of Pressure
Refueling
Line
Removing
This
Pressure
is
Refueling
Line
Check Valve Assembly

a
valve
accessible
center
section
Front
for
spar.
ing shutoff ing shutoff
valve valve.
fuselage bay and a door in the right procedure for removing wing refuelinformation on disconnecting lines to right refuel-
through
Refer to
(1)
Disconnect
the
two
lines
(1-1/4
inch
"B"
nuts)
to branched
fitting.
to rib.
(2) (3)
Remove
the
six bolts
attaching
check valve
adapter fitting
rear
Work valve assembly in a circular motion to the When it is free, remove it from bay.
NOTE:
Care
and inboard.
should be exercised to
leave
ensure
that front
refueling line does

and rall into
not
its
slide and
wing.
Recovery
install
fitting spar repositioning of line may

in the door
on
be
difficult.
(4)
B.
Temporarily
acess
front
spar.
Installing
Pressure
center
Refueling
section
Line
Check Valve door.
Assembly
(1)
Remove
access
Lubricate
"O" rings with petrolatum.
(3)
Place
"O" ring in groove of check valve adapter fitting.

arrow on
(4)
Check that
rear
when
left
positioned (when racing in
check valve assembly is on top and pointing to in centersection and that shutoff valve is to
direction of
arrow)
of branched
fitting.
(5)
Check that refueling line is engaged in wing front

then
into them.
position
cutout
check and shutoff valve Start

all six
in rib.
spar fitting, assembly over refueling line mounting bolts; then tighten
(6) (7)
(8)
(9)
Connect
wing refueling
shutoff valve
sensing lines.
Torque
3/8line
inch line
Connect
"B" nut 75 to 125 inch-pounds.
refueling lines to branched fitting. "B" nut 300 to 500 inch-pounds.

area
Torque
3/4-inch
spar
Check door
for
foreign materials;
then install front
access
Install
stress
door in
fuselage bay.
(10) (11)
Install access door,

Run
operational check-out
on
pressure
refueling system.
28-21-2 Page 408
Mar
1/70
SABR E:LINER
MAINTENANCE
i.
MANUAL
Check-out Procedure A.
Perform check-out and
testing
of pressure
source
refueling system
nozzle to
as
follows:
refuel-
(1)
Connect
single-point refueling
and turn nozzle
ing receptacle
valve,
clockwise to hold it
single-point in place.
Actuate nozzle lever
clockwise to latch nozzle
and open nozzle
(See
figure
28-21-1.)
(2)
Apply 25 psi fuel pressure to single-point pressure refueling Make sure fuel flows into wing fuel tank system, but receptacle. does not flow into fuselage tank. During filling operation, make sure venting occurs at vent underneath each wing tip and at airplane fuel vent outlet (screened) at tail cone. Depress "SHUTOFF AUX" and "FILZ, AUX" buttons of single-point Release refueling test and fuselage tank refueling control valve. Make sure fuel flows "SKITTOFF AUX" button; then "FII;L AUX" button.
into fuselage tank,
(3)
(4)
Depress
Increase pressure to 50 and release "SHU~OFF flow to the
("5)
psi and make sure fuel flow continues. AUX" button and make sure that fuel
but
fuselage tank stops,
continues to the wing tanks,
(5)
With 50
(~5) psi fuel pressure applied to single-point pressure refueling receptacle, depress and release "PRI TEST" button of Make refueling test and fuselage tank refueling control valve, and sure flow into wing tank system stops when button is depressed, Check that fuel is not flowing into the starts when it is released. fuselage tank during this test,
instead istics
(6)
Perform
step (5), except depress and release "SEC TEST" button of "PRI TEST" button, The identical fuel flow charactershould
occur.
(7)
Depress "SKUTOFF AUX" and "FILL AUX" buttons. button, then "FIL;L AUX" button, and completely system.
Continue that fuel
are
Release fill fuel tank
AUX"
(8)
filling
full.
until
flow
ceases
automatically,
ceased
signifying
Maintain
and
tanks
fuel pressure for a sure no fuel overflows
Then press short period

at
"SHUTOFF AUX" button.

after flow has
outlets.
make
any of the vent
(9)
Depress poppet valve

that fuel flows from
or single-point refueling receptacle. receptacle at approximately 1/4 gpm.
Check
CAUTION:
CNIE MIJST BE TAKEN DURING THIS PROCEDURE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POPPET VALVE.
WARNING:
PERSONNEL SHOULD REMAIN AT A SAFE DIS~ANCE FROM THE REFUELINC RECEPTACLE: WHEN THE POPPET VALVE IS INITIALLY
DEPRESSED,
SINCE A
AMOUNT OF FUEL WILL FLOW FROM THE
RECEPTACLE: AT CONSIDERABLE PR~SSURE.
Mar
1/70
28-21-3
Page 601
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10)
Check the
following
drain valves for proper
operation:
(a)
Wing section tanks

a
Two in II~ center section
a
a
Pwo in RH center section
Three in I6I outer panels Three in RH outer panels
(b)
Fuselage section lines

a a
One in LII fuel line One in RH fuel line

Pwo in LB
fuselage fuel Two in RII fuselage fuel One in bottom flange of One in RH fuel jettison
cell fuel
vent
and transfer line
cell fuel vent and transfer line
fuselage cell
line
NqTlil: The amount of fuel required to fill the system should be approximately 1106 gallons (7189 pounds) as indicated on cockpit fuel quantity gages.
2.
Testing Pressure Refueling System

The following procedures assist in locating and correcting the cause or a, Basic malfunctions encountered in the pressure refueling system occur: because the system either fails to refuel, refuels too slowly, or
Some of, the major causes of malfunctions are pressure valve, primary and secondary test system, or primary and secondary sensing lines, due to loose B" nuts, restrictions in the lines, or lower pressure outputfrom the refueling unit than is indicated on the When tests of the fuel system are performed, the fuel unit pressure gage. level in the wing tanks should be below 1500 pounds in each tank.
malfunction.
rails to shut off.

in the vent
leaks
A.
Testing Refueling Pilot and Vent Valve System
(1) (2)
(3)
Deruel Remove
airplane, wing tip.
if necessary.
(Refer
to
28-10-2.)
Disconnect
or
"B" nut
on
on
vent
valve
265-488201-37 right3
B" nut
pressure line
loosen
refueling pilot and vent valve, and (See opposite end of line and rotate upward.
from
figure
28-21-405.)
(4)
(5)
(6)
connected in
Connect calibrated pressure gage to vent step (3) and tighten "B" nues.
valve
pressure line dis-
Connect ca~ibrated pressure gage to pressure
refueling nozzle.
(Refer
Remove
to
Chapter 12, figure
12-13-201.)
single-point refueling control receptacle dust cover, insert nozzle grounding plug into jack on airplane, connect pressure refueling nozzLe to single-point refueling control receptacle, and apply fuel pressure
to start fuel flow into tanks.
(]Refer
to
12-13-0.)
28-21-3
Page 602
Mar
1/70
SABRELINEa
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)
Note pressure
indication
on on
refueling
nozzle
pressure
gage;
then
check pressure indication tip. pressure line at
pressure gage connected to vent Pressure differential should not
valv~
exceed
5 psi.
check
in
an
If pressure differential is greater than 5 psi, the s~fle should ie made at the opposite refueling pilot and vent valve effort
to
determine the
area
of
line loss
(leakage)
NOTE:
refueling pilot, and vent valve should open I;et.:een L~ If the valve does not open upon application of 55 psi. 55 psi (maximum pressure), it is defective and must be replaced.
The and
(8)
Check for possible Leaka~e c~t !B" nuts ~ithin wing tip tar,k area. To check for leakage, remove gravity refueling filler access cap,
depress flapper, and then, vith refueling pressure applied and the other aechanic depre~sing I?rimarg and secondary test butc~o;ls and holding them depressed, listen for sounds of leakage within ving tip tank aress
(9)
refueling pilot and vent valve is easier to remove than center wing access panels, remove valve and check all "B" nuts within wing tip tank areas for tightness before investigating other areas.
Since To
(10)
check for displaced 0-ring
seals
at
centerline
wing
rib
(2~5-130073), defuel airplane, remove access covers 23 and 35 (refer to Chapter 6, figure 6-00-3) and the ts~io forward drain
valves,
and check
on
"O" rings
sides
are
on
refueling pilot and

bulkhead.
a
vent
valve
be
seen
pressure line used.
both
of
These lines
can
when the drain valves
removed and
vaporproor flashlight
is
NOTE:
leakage in O-ring seal area, attach one end to refueling pilot and vent valve pressure Line at wing tip and other end of hose to a container of fuel. Raise container high enough above ~ing tip to induce fuel flow into refueling pilot and vent valve pressure line. This pressurizes the O-ring seals and sl-lows leakage if the
To check for of
a
flex hose
O~ rings
are
not
seated.
(L1)
Check refueling pilot and vent valve pressure line connections in outboard ends of wing center section by removing fuel vaLvs access
doors.
(;jee figures 28-21-402
and
28-~1-405,)
(12)
Check refueling pilot and vent va3ve pressure line connections at, and adjacent to, single-point refueling control receptacle by re(See figure moving wing leading edge fuel bay access door.
28-21-404.)
(13)
At
conclusion of
then reconnect
access
tests, remove test equipment used for testing; lines, torrlue "B" nuts, and install drain valves,
and doors that
were
covers,
removed.
(14)
Perform
operational. check
of pressure
refueling systen.
Ilar
1/70
28-21-3
Page 603
SAB ~R 1E Elf N
MA1NTENANCE
B.
MANUAL
Testing Pressure Refueling Primary and Secondary Test System
(1)
(2)
Deruel Remove
airplane,
if necessary.
nozzle grounding
single-point refueling control receptacle dust cover, insert plu~ into jack on airplane, connect pressure reto nozzLe single-point refueling control receptacle, and fueling (Refer to apply fuel pressure to start fuel flow into tanks~ Chapter 12, figure 12-13-201.)
if fuel flow discontinue
(3)
refueling.
one
or
is audible from top of fuselage auxiliary fuel tank, Check refueling pilot and vent valves for
the fuselage auxiliary if refueling pilot and vent inadvertently. vent,rerer to paragraph A.
venting.
If
both valves do not vent;,
fuel tank will fill
valve does not
(4)
If both
refueling pilot and
vent valves
are
"FILL AUX" selector button is not engaged~
vencing, ensure that Remove gravity refueling
cap from fuselage auxiliary tank and listen for aLtdible fuel flow. if fuel flow is audible from top or tank, discontinue refueling.
(5)
Disconnect
line.
primary test line from fuselage a~wciliasy fuel tank

a
re-
fueling level control valve and connect
(See figure 28-21-401.)

on
Apply
pressure gage to test refueling pressure; check
The pressure and test line gage. If pressure differential is differential should not exceed 5 psj. greater, check test line for leaks at all "P" nuts within fuselage
reading
refueling nozzle
gage
A reading of 12 psi or greater indicates wing fittings. if the fuselage auxiliary primary float should be raised. fuel tank continues to fill from the fuselage auxiliary tank rePressure fueling level control valve, the valve must; be replaced. should be available in the test lines as soon as refueling pressure is applied. and at that the
(9)
if further trouble test line. Repeat step (5), failure shut to for off of during test is to be shooting system of defective before a replacement fuselage auxiliary accomplished tank refueling level control valve, isolate fuselage auxiliasy fuel tank by disconnecting primary test, secondary test, and singlepoint refueling lines from fuselage auxiliary tank refueling level control valve, and cap all three lines. (See figure 28-21-401.)
(7)
Reapply refueling pressure and check that right and left wing refueling shutoff valves close when primary and secondary test If they do not, proceed to the following buttons are depressed.
steps.
(8)
Remove
wing tip.
(9)
Disconnect affected test line
(primary
or
secondary)
from
refueling
pilot and
vent valve and rotate line upward.
(See figure 28-21-405.)
28-21-3
Pa6l;e ~04
Mar
1170
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(IO) (11)
Connect pressure gage to open end of test line and tighten

nut s
"B"
Have helper apply refueling pressure while depressing appropriate Note pressure on wing tip gage. primary or secondary test button. A minimum or g psi is required to lift the float. If 9 psi or greater is obtained, perform check of primary or secondary sensing lines according to steps (17) through (23). If fuel shutoff valves close during sensing line check, the float valve or diaphra@;m is defective in the refueling pilot and vent valve.
NOTE:
if less than
g psi is obtained, there is

or
leak
or
complete
obstruction in the test line
test
selector valve.
(12)
Check for possible leakage at

To check
B" nuts within wing tip tank
area.
forleakage, remove gravity refueling filler access cap, depress flapper, and then, with refueling pressure applied and other mechanic depressing primary and secondary test buttons and holding them depressed, listen for sounds or leakage within wing tip tank area.
(13)
Since
center wing within wing

nuts
refueling pilot and vent valve is easier to remove than "B" nuts access panels, remove valve and check all tip for tightness before investigating other areas. (See figure 28-21-405.) If loose "B" nuts are found, tighten "B:
and reinstall
pilot and vent valve.
(14)
To check for
displaced O-ring seals at centerline wing rib defuel airplane, remove access covers 23 and 35 and the two forward drain valves, (refer to Chapter 6, figure 6-~0-3), and check "O" rings on primary and/or secondary test
(265-130073),
lines.
These lines
can
be
seen
when the drai.n valves
are
removed
and
vaporproof flashlight is used.

To check for
a
NOTE:
flex hose to
leakage in O-ring seal a;rea, attach one end of primary and/or secondasy test line at wing
Raise tip and other end of hose to a container of fuel. container high enough above wing tip to induce fuel flow into vent valve pressure line. This pressurizes the 0rings and shows leakage if the "0" rings ase not seated.
(15)
primary and/or secondary test line "B" nuts in outboard ends (See wing center section by removing fuel valve access doors. figures 28-91-402 and 28-21-405.)
Check
or
(16)
Check primary and/or secondary test line "B" nuts at, and adjacent to, single-point refueling control receptacle by removing wing (See figure 28-21-405) leading edge fuel bay access door.
Disconnect
and vent
(17)
primary and secondary sensing lines from refueling pilot valve, and cap refueling pilot and vent valve ports.
pressure.
(18)
Apply refueling
Mar
1/70
28-21-3
Page 605
ER
MA(NTENANCE
MANUAL
Fuel flow to the
tig)
(20)
Close off should
primary sensing line with thumb.
wing
cease.
Release thumb pressure to open
sensing line.
Fuel flow to the Close off secondary sensing line with thumb. If to close when either should the fails shutoff valve cease. wing
of the
sensing lines is closed off, there is leakage in the sensing

or
lines,
must be
the
shutoff
valve
diaphr~n
is defective and the
valve
replaced.
(21)
refueling pilot and vent valve is easier to remove than wing access panels, remove valve and check all "B" nuts within wing tip tank area for tightness before investigating other (See figure 28-21-405.) If Loose "B" nuts are found, areas. tighten "B" nuts and reinstall refueling pilot and vent valve~ leaving primary and secondary sensing lines disconnected.
Since center
access doors and check primary and/or secondary sensing line B-nut connections to refueling shutoff valve in outIf no loose "B" nuts are found, board ends or wing center section. replace refueling shutoff valve access doors.
(22)
Remove fuel valve
(23)
If loose "B" nuts on sensing lines of refueling shutoff valve are found, tighten "B" rglts, reinstall-access door removed in step (22)~ Close off primary and/or secondary and reapply refueling pressure. If it does with Fuel flow should shut off. thumb. line sensing not shut off, defuel airplane and replace refueling shutoff valve.
(24)
At conclusion of tests, remove test equipment, torque "8" nuts, and install drain valves and
were
reconnect
access
lines,
doors that
removed.
perform operational check of pressure
refueling
system.
C.
Sensing Line Check
(1)
Defuel airplane
Disconnect
vent
if necessary.
and
(2)
primary
and
secondary sensing lines from both pilot

lines downward.
and
valves,
to
rotate
Provide containers at each
wing tip
catch
fuel.
(3)
Add
1000 pounds oP fuel to airplane system. An equal alnount of fuel from both the primary and secondary sensing lines at both wing tips into the four containers.
should emit
(4)
The gages tanks.
Check airplane fuel gages after 1000 pounds of fuel has been added. should read within 50 pounds of the added fuel in the
NO~:
tanks,
If gages do not do steps
read within 50 pounds of the added (5) and (6) to check sensing lines
fuel
for
in
obstruction.
28-21-3
Page 606
Mar
1/70
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL SYST~M VENT LINE
W
GRAVITY REFUELING ACCESS
SIPHON
BREAKER
LINE
1!
FUSELAGE AuxiLiARv
TANK
l:j
REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL VALVE
FILLER
ACCESS SCUPPER DRAIN
DETAIL A
FUSELAGE
AUXILIARY
TANK
PRESSURE
REFUELING LINE
\\s
WING TANK CLIMB VENT
LINE
RH
FUEL VENT AND LINE
TRANSFER
~-I,BOOST PUMP
LH
FUEL VENT
AND
~I
cuvm IRUB~MG AUB CAP
Mm INm
Mor Am, vwrvuvE
j
RH
TRANSFER LINE
nlm~v rrn
van VALVF nESZUIE
REFUELING
SHUTOFF
LH
VLILVE,
REFUELING
BOOST PUMP
lr
SKONDAjlmT\
~PIIMUI
YNSMG
a
~2-YL4e\.l
VEPn/V*LVE
SHUTOFF VALV~
nlmur nn
I
RH
sKONonlr swSINe r~un srmm

.j
FULL VALVE ACCESS
DOORi~
FORWARD WING TANK
DRAIN VALVES L# FUEL VALVE
ounn
sKCnoAPr rEn
sKowDnar setwluG
DETAIL C
I
ACCESS DOOR
DETAIL B
--igure 28-21-405
Critical Line Connections
Pressure Refueling System (Sheet 1 of 2)
28-21-03
0
COPYRIGHT, 1986
Page 607 Aug 1/86
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RH WING PRIMARY TEST
ii
RH
SECONDARY TEST IFUSELAGE AUXILIARY FUEL TANKI
RH
WING VENT VALVE PRESSURE

PRIMARY
WING PRIMARY SENSING
I
RH
TEST IFUSELAGE AUXILIARY FUEL
TANKI
RH WING SECONDARY
T~ST
WING SECONDARY
SENSING
i
VENT LINE
RH
WING
RH
SECONDARY
PIIMPIIY
SENSING
FUEL
VENT
AND TRANSFER
LINE
WING
ILNSING~
RH
FUEL FILTER
.~-21
FUSELAGE AUXILIARY TANK
i-?
PRESSURE
REFUELING LEVEL CONTROL

REFUELING TO LH SHUTOFF
VALVE
VALVE
WING PRESSURE REFUELING

TO RH WING
LH
j;
i
REFUELING
LH
WING VALVE
LH
WING
LH
WING VALVE
REFUELING SHUTOFF
SECONDARY TEST
VENT
WING PRIMARY
TEST
REFUELING SHUTOFF VALVE
PRESSURE
LH
WING VENT VALVE

TEST
PRESSURE
SECONDARY SENSING
PRIMARY
CL~\IJ
\LH WING SECONDARY
TEST
PRIMARY
SENSING
LH
WING
PRIMARY VENT VALVE PRESSURE SECONDARY TEST VENT RH FUEL VALVE

LINE
TEST
SINGLE-POINT REFUELING CONTROL RECEPTACLE REFUELING SHUTOFF TEST AND AUXILIARY REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
LH
WING
PRIMARY
SENSING
ACCESS DOOR
LH WING SECONDARY SENSING
i3\
DETAIL A
LH
FUEL VALVE
ACCESS DOOR
DETAIL B
CENTERLINE
WING RIB
PRIMARY
TEST
VENT
VALV~PRES URE
INTERCONNECT
SECOND~RYFITTING
TEST
"O
RINGS
oalNcs
r-.
~-LH
WING PRIMARY TEST
~2LH WING VENT VALVE PRESSURE

LH WING SECONDARY
TEST
DETAIL C
Figure
28-21-405
Critical Line Connections
Pressure
Refueling System (Sheet 2
of 2)
28-21-03
PaRe 607A Sep 20185
e,
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(5) (6)
DefueZ
valve.
Attach
and to
airplane;
then
disconnect
sensing lines
at
~uel
shutof"
one
end
end
of
to
a
transpsrent hose
container
~f
~o
sensin~
~aise
ni;
at
wini
other
induce
to
fuel.
is
no
container the
high enough
;iuel
~an ce
fuel
flow.
in
If
there
~bstruction,
seen
lower
the
is
container.
II
sensing line
unobstructed, replate iuel shutoff ~alve.
(9)
At
conclusion of tests,
doors
lines, torque
and
test equipment ~se3; then re-~onnect remove "B" nuts, and install drain ~ialves, access covers,
were
that
removed.
Perform
operational
check of
pressure
relueling system.
D.
rest
Line
Flow
Chec~
if
(1)
~eluel
airplane
necessary.
(2)
(3j
Ap~l;i reruelin~
secondary test
If
pressure.
buttons.
Depress
Fuel
flow
ILrst
to
the
pri:nary
a~a
then
cease.
the
wing
tanks
should
fuel
flow
does
not
cease
either
and
test
button
is
~eoressed,
at
stop refuelin~
immediatei~
chece
"i~" nuts rlic~hin win~ tip,

lor
sinyle-point refuelin~ valve, and center win~ areas If no "5" nuts are found loose, ~roceed ~Lth ster
Disconnect
Add
leaka~e.
Prirnarg
No
and
secondar~i test lines

emit then
from
at
bc;h
ven:
valves.
luel
fuel.
emit
~uel
the
should
~he
lines.
Have
~esf
assistant
depress
should
If
or
first
the
test
sezondar~
lines.
~uttons;
from
the
not
fuel
still
does
flow
~rom
these
restri7tion. fuel and

as
.iifter
enSllrLn~
and
for
lines
are
lines, they s;ilould be checked not res~ricted, at~ain

buttons.
add
depress
as
Fri~ary
secsndar~ test
r,o
It the
Ses;
~ake
iong
have
or
2 minutes
buttsns
been decressed
and
released,
sossijle
restricted
To checK
de~ecti-iee
refuel~n; valve.
refueiln~ valve. the
ASta~h
for
res+ri-tedor line a, the

the
valve,
end
a
dlsco~nect
oi
a
CBRIIGIINAk As Weceived By
ATP
prima~ry
fuel. there
this
test
vent
one
t-ans-
parent hose to the

Raise
is
no
test
line and
the
other
be
end
to to
container
of
container hi~h
enough to induce fuel flow.

can
If
restriction,
then
fuel
seen
lower.
Reconnect
line;
is
repeat procedL~e with secondary test line.

in vent
or
(7j
?f
there
and and
restriction
I-or
of
a
plane
test
check
restriction
re~ueling sal~e, deruei deIective refueiin~
air-
auxiliary
valve. test
At
conclusion of tests, lines, torque "B" nuts,

doors
remove
equizment used; operational
then reconnect
covers,
or
and
install drain valves,

Perform
secess
and
that
were
removed.
pressure
reluelin,s system.
Mar
T~ge 61~9
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FrJEL JETTISO~J SYSTEP/I THE~OUGH
DESCRIPTT_ON
AND OPEEWTIOnT
i\TA-370-~
-6,
-8
-g AIRPL~WES
i.
General The
jettison system consists of a jettison line (routed overboard) and connecting this line to the fuel supply through the engine ruel boost K single three-positisn selector lines. (See figures ~8-3C-1 and switch, two soienoid-operated jettison shutoff valves, relays, and ~aution The jettion line extends frorn the ;etlights aid operation of the system. tison valves to the fuel vent fitting in the tail cone. The fuel jettison switch, in the cockpit,selects automatic or manual jettisoning of fuel. The When the switch is ~laced switch has three positions: AUTO, fVW~T, and OFF. at AUTO, it stays there until it i; changed by the pilot, snd Pt~el is jettisoned. Float switches in the AUTO -position circuit a~tomatically limit the
fuel
items
level to which
fuel will
?ettison. at
(This
ensures
that
enough
-^uel ;jiil_
The
be
specified specific flight As long as the switch is held lr, the position is spring-loaded to CFF~ is until the fuel supply is exhausted. fuel S~leeting Jettisoned position, either the the ivIAN position of the or jettison switch acfua~es relays connected to the cross-feed v~lves, closing them when the jetti~on valves Contacts in the jettison valve switches control "FUEL JETT OPEN" open.
retained for
a
altitude
and
duration.)
caution The
sure
lights.
pumps s~zlply fuel jettison pressure in ,c7,Ftion to the ~resWith both pumps operating, to transfer luel to the engines.
~el boost
required
sufficient pressure is maintained for normal engine reguire~ents and ~ettFtheek valve i; Installed downstre3m of each jettison shutoff valve. scning.
O~eration of the fuel jettison system is done in flight wi~h both of the luel The amount of fuel jettisoned;jill be only that boost pumps in operaticn. of engine demand. After the fuel je~ti;on in is rlhicn excess amou~t pumped s~jitch is claced at AUTO, the sucpiy of fuel is reduced to predecvernined level. If the position of the switch is selected, ~he switch T~st be is jetti;cned~ Jettison shoul; not held until the desired r~uantlty of Se continued to a point sjhere ~he remaining f~el supply become~ low. If the tan~s contain sufficient r2~el to raise the float; in the fuel level control s~itches [138 ("31) gallons each tank], the jettison l~vel control relay contacts will be closed. (See figure ~8-30-3) Then, ~hen the Jettison switch is placed at ~LUTO, current flows from the "mT~L JETTISON Rk:" circuit breakers on the de essential bus through LH" and "FUEL JETTISON the normally open (now closed) contacts of the right and left jettison control relays to the jettison valve solenoids, and the jettison valves open. JETT OP~N" When either or both jettison valves are "crac~ed" open, the
a
c:_oses, and this light nd the master caution light jettison swftzh is at ~liZIV or ~4_UTO, the right and left The fuel pump cross-;eed valve jettison fuel control relays are energizeb. The right and left jettison fuel control relays is then energized open. also de-energize the right and left fuel boost
caution
light
switch
illuminate.
When the
ORr~8NAk As By ATP ~J
Jul
6/73
Page
1
SABRELINEB
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
LH OVERHEAD FORWARD DC ESSENTIAL
CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANEL
FUEL JR71SON--LH FUEL JETTISON-PH
FUEL JETTISON OUTLET TUBE
RH BOOST PUMP FUEL FEED LINE

RH OVERHEAO
CIRCUIT-BREAKER
PANEL
LDG GEAR-POS
JETTIXIN CIHE
FUEL JETTISON CHECK VALVES
OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL MASTER AND

B RH ENGINE FUEL FEED LINES
FUEL JETTISON
6//
LH AND RH FUEL JETTISON VALVES

BOOST PUMP FUEL FEED LINE
JETTISON FUEL LEVEL FLOAT SW17CME5
RH ELECTRICAL RELAY BOX ASSEMBLY

LEFT JETTISON LEVEL CONTROL R(CHT JETTISON LEVEL CONTROL
53702~&13
Fuel jettj.son
rn-)o-o
I)age
Sgst~!ri ComFonent Locstions pjflure ~8-jC-:
Mar
1/70
SA a a E rl N E a
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
I
L i
LEFT INTEGRAL WING
AIRPLANE
Ct FUEL TRANSFER
E1ECTORSi1/
a I II I
SECTION TANK
RIGHT INTEGRAL WING TANK
LEFT CENTLR SECTION TANK
~f
I
Eiit
a
II
Ir
ILLI.I
tt
3
(MOTOR
~llllr
FUEL CROSS-FEED VALVES
wnN UMR
C
I~
"a"" pums
soc~n WMP
II
4L
10
FUEL SHUTOFF
VALVE
~of
IMOTOI OC~*rED wnn umn swl
PRESSURESWITCH
CHECK VALVES PRESSURE SWITCH
rO LEFT ENGINE
LH
an
TO IIG~n ENGINE
FUEL JETTISON VALVE FUEL JETTISON VALVE
IY--~
(soUNolD-CoNlaoUED)
(soUNolo-CoNIRoLIEo)
FUEL FLED
iL~ii
C~ZIP FUEL JEnlSON
FUSELAGE
(AUX)
FUEL TANK
E~
L---IFUEL:RANSFER
FUEL VENT
FUEL VENT FLAME ARRESTER
/d
mc~-cli
Fuel
Sehemat?e
Mar
i/7()
Eisure %8-:0-;3
i8-3o-c~
Pa~e i:
As Rsceivad &a~
ORI@IW1~A"B~P
.I
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ln CUH IEtlSON
I
EH FUEL WtTlSON
Y_
T
FUEL X-FIEO--)001f
ENG SrS WARNINO-
I
---f"PII i
o
FUI-JEnllONr
Al1)1
1l
fX?5
~e roloo ocAR
L0~.6"WICn
FUEL JEfn)OFI
I
10 rUtl CilOlS~ffD
i
D1
*UH
SELFCTOR SW(ICH Iltll
UYr
AUTO
C1
C1
C3
L~MOENCY-FUEL JntllON
(ELFC m*STtll AND
LMLII OVLIHE*D Sw lANlLI(STA I l0)
I_
(wj53)C~---7T7
LEFT JETTIEON LEVEL CONTROL
RH FUEL LEVEL fW
Isr* sJlln;
K5S9 (Kjjp~
RIGHT JETTISON
LEVEL CONTROL
tuLCI
I
I ~I
~LO*T
I
C3 CZ
(RJLC)
1O CLOS~ IUtl BOOST CROSS ~ttD v*lvt
IO BOOST *ND cROsSrrro srsrrm
I
I
*J
Al
IIEIl
LEVEL
SWLHFUE~L
-i~CI
r00P[N(V~LLIOOSI
151* 1S? LH)

A
I
81
CROSS rEFD v*Lvt
19lrl
TO rut~ BOOST *NO
aJyo~
xil I
re
~:LlftDlllltM
K664
.2
LEFT JETT(SON FUEL CONTROL
I(OHt JETIISON FUEL CONTROL I
(LJCC)
colll
no~olNol
COll
(RJFC)
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lorLNINE
ICOIl
IHOLDINC
COIL
I
I
I
I
AC---------~---/
B
-------------IA
B
I
C.
?rCl~vtorrN(
V*LVI
I D
.C 1 IV*LV(OPIN
D
V*LVE
CLOU
CtOSf
INDICATOI)W
I 1
,LH
OVERWEAD
LH FUEL JEtTlSON VALVE Isr*

J19 in
NORM*LLY CLOS[D)
PANEL
FORWARD STA 122 LH
ESSENTIAL
CIRCUIT-BREAKER
INDI(*rOl SW
RH FUEL JETTISON VALVE

NORMALLI
MAGNET BEARING FLOATS

TO "~UEL JETT OPFN" CAVTION LIGnT
Isr*
CLOS~D)
an
STA
113 RH
~Fuel Jettison
28-30-0
Page 4
System Electrical Schematic Figure 28-30-3
Mar
1/70
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ensure
relays.
These rail-safe-to-close relays actuate to

on
that
the fuel
boost pumps stay
provide jettison pressure, regardless of throttle switch position. If the engine master switches are at ON (with the jettison switch in AUTO or held in MAN), fuel will jettison in the air. When a ground lockout on the ground, system prevents inadvertent jettison or fuel.
and thus
Wh~n the
level of the dual-element float switches, the jetrelays are de-energized and open the circuit to the jettison valves, allowing them to close. Also, the jettison fuel control relays are de-energized and the pump cross-reed valves can close. When the valves reach their closed position, all caution li~hts go out.
fuel to the tison level control
drops
When the fuel

son
jettison switch
is held at
~W, the system bypasses the jetti-
level control switches
Releasing closed position.

2.
and relays, allowing fuel jettison to continue. manual pressure on the switch allows the valves to return to the
Jettison Valves The left solenoid-operated gate shutoff valves. the valve mounted is aft of bulkhead; right forward the bulkhead at station 316. The valves are normally closed. They are Pospring-loaded to the closed position and electrically actuated to open. sition switches in the valves illuminate the jettison valve open light, in the cockpit, when either or both valves are not fully closed. The valve solenoid circuit contains two cells, a pull coil and a holding coil. When the valves reach the open position, a switch is opened and the pull coil is de -energi zed. The pull coil requires 18 amperes at 28 volts and 700F. The Minimum operating voltholding coil draws O.g ampere at 28 volts and 70"F. Operating time is about 1/2 second to open or close at age is 18 volts de. 27 volts de. Wiggins-type fuel couplings are used to connect the valves to The fuel valve
jettison
valves
are
is mounted
or the
the
fuel lines.
Fuel Jettison Level Control Float Switches switches tone in each wing tank) limit the level to jettisoned when the fuel jettison switch is positioned at AUTO. Each dual contact is in a hermetically sealed tube. One contact arm or each pair of contacts is or a, material, which is attracted by a magnet. A float surrounding the sealed tube carries a magnet which pulls the contacts When the fuel reaches a preopen when the float approaches the low point. determined level and contacts either switch, it breaks the jettison valve open circuit and permits the solenoid valve for that particular wing tank to
Two dual-element
float
which fuel will be
close.
rear
These
switches
are
accessible
through
doors
in the
center
section
spar and booster pump sump bulkhead access door. connect the switches to connectors in the rear spar.
Flexible
Switch
conduits
continuity may
be
checked at the
rear
spar connector.
Mar 1/70
28-30-0
Page 5
SAB IZ 1E~1LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL JETTISON SYSTEM i. Trouble
TROUBLE: SHOOTING
Shooting
Fuel jettison
System
REMEDY
PROBABLE CAUSE
A.
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
JETTISON VALVES FAIL TO OPEN.
(1)
to
son
Fuel level too
jettison
with
jetti-
switch at
AUTO.
Check fuel. level or select jettison switch M~N position.

Fill tanks and check for
Make
sure
tanks
or
are
half full
more.
(2)
or
Level
control
saturated
switch float
otherwise
defective.
FAIL TO
proper contact switches. CLOSE.

Remove
through
Replace switch assembly.
JETTISON VALVES
(1)
caught
Foreign matter in gate channel
valve
and check
Clean valve and
visually.
flush lines.
install valve.
Re-
or valve.
Circuit breaker
out.
Make visual check.
Push circuit breaker in.
(3)
spring
Valve return
weak
or
Remove valve and check
Replace
valve.
broken.
operation.
Check for is
(4)
Valve
inoperative.
voltage to pin "A" when switch position

selected
iieplace
va.lve.
manually.
C.
LIGHT STAYS ON AFTER FLTEL JETTISON SWITCH IS PLACED Ar OFF.
(1)
pletely
Valves not
com-
closed.
Valve
Tap valve body seating.

Disconnect
to
aid
Replace
valve.
(2)
switch
light
plug
to
valve;
Replace
valve.
defective.
light
Run
should go
out.
(3)
relay,
D.
open circuit in
continuity relay.
check
on
Replace relay.
NO LIGHT WHEN JETTISON VALVE IS OPEN.
(1)
open at
Switch contacts
Check with ohmmeter.
Replace
valve.
pin "C"
on
jet-
tison valve.
(2)
Indicator
light
Check push-to-test light.
Replace lamp.
inoperative.
Mar
1/70
Page 101
SA BR E tl M E. R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL JETTTSON SYSTEM

i.
PRP~CTICES
Replacement
A.
of Fuel Jettiso!l Valves Left filel
Removing
The the Le~t
and
Right Fuel Jettison
Valve~
jettisor;
right
shuf,off valve is valve is mounted aft
moun+ed
of
the
iorward oii t,he bulkhead; bulkhead at station 316

then
(1)
Detenr,ine that fuel shutoff valves terv and external pnwer.
are
closed;
dscollnect bat-
(2)
(3)
Provide
Remove Remove
closed receptacle to
door
catch ~71cl. to
access
52.
(Refer
Chapter
6, figure 6-00-3.)
Cap
or
(4) (5) (6)
electrical disconnect plug :rom valve.
bag pllxg and
receptacle.
Remove
pare
to
safety
wire
catch fuel
and disconnect fuel line draining from line.

remove
coupling
to
valve;
pre-
support disconnected valve and

valve.
support clamps; thell
remove
(7)
B.
2.
Provide covering for openings

Left and
into
fuel ays~em.
Installing
Right Fuel
Jettison Valves
(See figure 28-30-401.)
Replacement
A.
of Fuel Jettison Level Control Float
Switches
Removing Fuel
Jettison IRvel Control Float switches
(1)
Defuel
On
airplane.
(2)
right-hand installation relieve aileron control tension; then aileron bell-crank interconnecting rod and outboard bolt nut, and washer from right and left a~leron bell-crank brace.
remove
brace up until
access
door
is
cleared.
CAUTION:
FATLURE TO RELIEVE AILEROnr CONTROL CABLE TENSION BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE INB(IARD SECTOR SUPPORT LINK MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AII;ERONCABLF: SECTOR sWPORT FITTING.
spar
access
(3)
(4)
Remove
Remove Remove
rear
door.
(See figure 28-30-402)
access
door
from fuel booster pump sump bulkhead.
(5) (6) (7)

B.
lockwire and disconnect

from switch
conduit
IK" nut from float switch.
Remove two AN bolts from fuel bay.
mounting bracket and lift switch
Temporarily install
rear
spar
access
door.
Installing
Fuel Jettison Level Control Float Switches
(See figure
28-30-402.)
Mar
1/70
28-30-2
Page 401
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
n. Ohrorvoful
~H fill
maintsnoncs
prc.ulion~.
01
O
Rmov covrin~l fram lin~ ond valv~.
Inlpc) volv for .r*isoobility ond

VILVII
Eur
dotl.
Lubric.l "0" rino
p.clrinp.
with
ptrol.)um.
rt.inr rinul
on
nu(c, v..hr.,
COUIUW)
(moolns,
1A ;I
I i
;I
Ploc~volv in pO,ition b~vrn "T" finingand lin. rin cOupling- lnl(ollotion, clnd laktrmr. liD Compht
/)L
s
O
I
)n~ll
two
r.ln lupport cl.mp..
WLCTltlCIIL DOCONNCC1 WUO
Imical ditconnct plug tijl Connct vol~ ond
ij
r/
I
IIA J1~
(wloomyIr~o)
~1
COUCUNO--
IMI?IP1PW161
UOS-II0 COUWIWO
I !I IWKHn CUMCI
a
ELKIIIICAL DIJCONSIKT WUO
C
v*ln
ItA S16
n
ACEUt WOI
Do
opraWonal EhEk
doo~
On
VO(Y(.
[I[i~ Inlt~ll
acc,~
28-30-2
Page 402
Installing Left and Right Fuel Jettison Valves Figure 28-30-401
Mar
QR869NAR,
As 8seijved BTP
SA E3 IFT 1E 1~1 ~1
MAINTENANCE
1W
By
MANUAL
Observe fuel maintenanca preautionl.
liE3
aceerr
door from boolfer pump
lump
bulkhead.
3~S
RemOVB fuel pump
accers
door.
nccIss DOCR
~_
i
1"
install
i
a
ssa
a
LOCKO-SEAL
16000197/8 FSANKLIN C. WOLFE)
S-
FUELPUMP ACCESS DOOR
adi~i
~I
!4659 RUBBER TECK)
V35--~
j/
\i~Lzi
INBD SECTOR INTERCONNECT PUSH ROD
INBD SECTOR SUPPORT LINK

9
i";
gasket (265-381060) on rwitrfi, then insert float switch through rear soar access and through sump bulkhead access. Hold it in position to align mounting holes.
/!WI
h
L1
_i
ii I/ I ?u
I/
FLOAT SWITCH
(RICHT INSTALL~TION
SHOWN. LEFT OPPOSITEI
.i
Inltacl two ahla
e
,i
n
mounting tolrs,
Install
seel,
and
connect
conduit
"K" nut
to
switch.
Install
lockwire.
"ii
L,
~OUNTING BOLT
ANJJA aOlT iZ RE~DI iWIBIOM (2 REQDI
i\
i
;il
~FSiiEiiii
/ly
;!I
~il
jj
Remove any foreign
mar;er
from wing and rump.
A:
CONDUIT "K" NUT,
i~
i~j
Innail Dump lump buikhead
door.
SUMP BULKHEAD ACCESS
i: j
i
;I,
o
r
i
i~
P7;9~
On
rector
righthand installation. reinstall aileron interconnecting push rod,
rec~or
support tink and
ir:
i
s
On form aileron
right-hand installation, tension aileron control cables rigging check, i Refer to Chapter 27.1
and
SEAL
!P/N 1016016&121
Connect and safety any outside connections that may
SENOIX)
.devomerneej
have
j3i0-2-~8-27A
Oct
3!77
Lns
allic~j;
Fuel jettijon Level Ccntrcl Float
~l-Ture
P~ige -i:3
NA-69-420 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL SYSTEM
INSPECTION/CHECK
FUNCTIONAL TEST OF FUEL JETTISON SYSTEM
See table 601 for
a
functional test of the fuel jettison
system.
Table 601. Functional Test of Fuel Jettison
System
PROCEDURE
Equipment/Tools
SetofJacks
NORMAL INDICATION
Jacking and Mooring Kit

28 Vde Electrical Power
Supply
Suitable Length of Hose

Suitable Container to Recieve Jettisoned Fuel Source of Fuel for Refueling
Consumables
Fuel
I[W!flllM~l
Place airplane onjacks beforefueljettison test is performed to prevent possible
damage
to the
airplane.
NOTE
Original jettison float switches were set at r00 to 1100 Ibs remaining. Approved replacement switches may be set at 1000 to 1400 Ibs remaining. This could result in a fuel unbalance of up to r00 Ibs in event ofa switch malfunction. Use the same PIN switch as remaining serviceable switch or replace both switches with the same PIN switch if a jettison float switch must be replaced.
1.
Jack Level
airplane.
airplane.
gal (3250 Ibs)
A.
2.
Fuselage Wings
3"
nose
up
B.
3.
.....level laterally
Fuel
quantity
500
Equally divided between LH and RH wing
28-30-03
Page 601
0
COPYRIGHT, 1983 BY ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
Mar 15/83
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION/CHECK (Contd)
System (Contd)
PROCEDURE
NORMAL INDICATION
Do not bend or crush Use support for hose.

4.
jettison outlet tube.

jettison outlet
CUTOFF
connect
Hose
connect to fuel
Extend hose to fuel container
or
tank truck
5.
6.
Power levers Electrical power Circuit breakers:
Prevents engines from being flooded with fuel
7.
LDG GEAR POS
..........out
Ensures contacts of fuel jettison ground lockout relay will remain closed simulating an airborne condition if MLG wheels are not clear of ground
LW ENGINE IGN RH ENGINE IGN BOOST PUMP-PH.
BOOST BOOST
.out .out
........in
........out
BOOST PUMP-LH
FUEL JETTISON-LH
Ensures fuel will be
jettisoned
from RH
wing only
.....in
....out
FUEL JETTISON-RH
A. B.
Prevents RH jettison valve from opening

Permits testing of LH jettison valve and contacts of switch in the RH fuel level switch assy. (See
one
figure 28-30-3.)
8.
Switches:
LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER........... ON
RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER..........OFF
Ensures jettisoned fuel will flow through LH fuel shutoff valve
ELECTRICAL MASTER EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON
ON
AUTO
A.
Fuel
flows from hose
B. C.
D. E.
Indicates jettisoned fuel will flow through LH jettison and boost pump crossfeed valves.
FUEL JETT OPEN light

Fuel
on
flow stops automatically
Verifies proper operation of one switch in the RH fuel level switch assy. (See figure 28-30-3.)
9.
Fuel quantity RH
wing..........
1000 to 1400 Ibs
O. i.
EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON .........OFF

Refuel RH wing with 50 to 100 Ibs. of fuel.
FUEL JETT OPEN Light RH fuel level switches
off
close
JT II~ILllr*irnEm3 I IC~
28-30-03
Page 602 Mar 15/83
o
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
System (Contd)
PROCEDURE
12.
NORMAL INDICATION
Circuit breakers: FUEL JETTISON-RE FUEL JETTISON-LH in

....out
A.
Prevents LH
jettison valve
from
opening.
B.
Permits testing of the remaining switch in the RH fuel level switch assy.
13.
Switches:
LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER..........OFF
RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER........... ON
Ensures valve. A.
jettisoned fuel will flow through RH fuel shutoff

flows from hose
EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON
AUTO
Fuel
B.
Indicates jettisoned fuel will flow through RH jettison and boost pump crossfeed valves.
FUEL JETT OPEN light Fuel flow stops
on
C. D. E.
automatically
Verifies proper operation of the remaining switch in the RH fuel level switch assy.
14. 15. 6. 17.
Fuel
quantity RH wing..........
1000 to 1400 Ibs
EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON switch ..OFF Refuel RH wing with 50 to 100 Ibs of fuel.
Circuit breakers:

RH fuel level switches
off
close
BOOST PUMP-LH FUEL.

BOOST PUMP-RE FUEL
18.
.in
out
Ensures fuel will be jettisoned from LH wing only.
Switches: LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER..........OFF RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER........... ON Ensures jettisoned fuel will flow through RH fuel shutoff valve
AUTO
A. B. C.
D.
Fuel
flows from hose

RH
Indicates jettisoned fuel will flow through jettison and boost pump crossfeed valves.

Fuel
on
flow stops automatically

one
E.
Verifies proper operation of fuel level switch assy
switch in the LH
19. 20.
Fuel
quantity LH wing..........
1000 to 1400 Ibs
OFF
off
IQ
28-30-03
0
Mar
Page 603 15/83
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 601. Functional Test of Fuel Jettison System (Contd)
PROCEDURE
21. 22.
NORMAL INDICATION
LH fuel level switches
c
Refuel LH
wing with
50 to 100 Ibs of fuel.
Circuit breakers: FUEL JETTISON-LH FUEL JETTISON-RH .....in

....out
A.
Prevents RH jettison valve from
opening
B.
23.
Permits testing of the remaining switch in the LH fuel level switch assy
Switches: LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER........... ON RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER..........OFF
AUTO
A. B.
Fuel
flows from hose
Indicates jettisoned fuel will flow through LH jettison and boost pump crossfeed valves FUELJETT OPEN light Fuel flow stops
on
C. D.
E.
automatically
Verifies proper operation of the the LH fuel level switch assy
remaining switch in
24. 25.
Fuel quantity LH wing.......... 1000 to 1400 Ibs EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON .........OFF Refuel LH wing with 50 to 100 Ibs of fuel.
BOOST PUMP-RE FUEL circuit breaker .....in

LH fuel level switches
off close
26. 27. 28.
Switches:
RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER........... ON

29.
MAN
OFF
Fuel Fuel
flows from hose
stops flowing
Circuit breakers:
FUEL JETTISON-RE .....in
....out
FUEL JETTISON-LH
30.
Switches: EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON MAN

Fuel Fuel flows from hose
EMERGENCY FUEL JETTISON .........OFF

LH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER...,.,..OFF RH ENGINE-ENGINE MASTER..........OFF
stops flowing
ELECTRICAL MASTER
1.
OFF
disconnect
Electrical power
ILT
28-30-03
Page
604
o
Mar 15/83
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 601. Functional Test of Fuel Jettison System (Contd)
PROCEDURE
32.
NORMAL INDICATION
Circuit breakers: FUEL JETTISON-LH

LH ENGINE-IGN RH ENGINE-IGN BOOST
.....in
in in
BOOST
LDG GEAR POS

33. 34.
35.
...........in
Disconnect hose from fuel Lower Secure
jettison outlet. jacks.
airplane airplane
and
as
remove
desired.
IB
28-30-03
0
Page 605/606 Blank Mar 15/83
f~iA El Ta 1~ i~l 1\1 E TZ

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL INDICATING SYSTEM i. Fuel
Indicating System
fuel
The
indicating system consists of the fuel quantity indicating system, low-pressure warning system, and the fuel flow indicating system and their components.
the fuel
A.
Fuel
The
&uantity Indicating System
airplane has two independent fuel quantity indicating systems, one wing, with half of the fuselage tank fuel included on each indicator. (See figure ~s-40-1.) Each system consists of an indicator with a self-containedtransistorized amplifier, eight tank units, refercoaxial ence condensers, connectors, cables, wiring, and a re ay control unit. One of the eight tank units has dual elements, one set of the The reference condenser capacitor elements being used in each system. The capacitor elements are in one of the tank units of each system. single-prong, bayonet-type coaxial connectors are designed to meet the high-impedance requirements of the system.
for each
relay control unit is installed in the system to switch the tank units dummy condensers to give an indication of the amount of fuel in the The relay control unit is operated by the fuel quantity auxiliary tank. test switch installed on the instrument panel. During normal system operation, the relay control unit is de-energized, to cor~Lnect the left wing elements to the left fuel quantity indicator and the right wing elements to the right fuel quantity indicator, when the fuel quantity test switch is at the NOII~AL or TOTAL position. ITalf of the auxiliary tank fuel is also shown on the respective left and right fuel quantity
and
indicators. The
LH
fuel
quantity
test
switch TEST The fuel
position tests
test
the
left
and
right
fuel
quantity
indicators.
quantity
switch RH IND,
RH WING,
IND, AUX position selection energizes the relay control unit to show of fuel in the auxiliary tank on the left fuel quantity indicator and the amount of fuel in the right wing tank on the right fuel At this time, the left wing tank units are disconquantity indicator. nected from the left indicator, and the right auxiliary tank unit elethe amount
ments
are
disconnected from the

In
right
indicetorand reconnected to
the
addition, a dummy condenser (inside the relay control unit), equal to the dry capacitance or the left wing tank units minus the dry capacitance of the right auxiliary tank unit elements, is connected to the left indicator, and a dummy condenser (inside the relay control unit), equal to the dry capacitance of the auxiliary tank unit elements, is connected to the right indicator. Capacitor adjustments are provided on the relay control unit. (See figure ~8-40-2.)
left
indicator. The
apanel light and an indicator lowquantity indicating system is obtained from the 115-voit ac essential source. Power for the fuel-level warning system is obtained from the ~8-volt de ~i;sential source.
consists
fuel
caution
system
or
level
switch.
Power
for the
fuel
Mar
1/70
QRIGINAk 1 As FQeceivEtdsv .sl ATP L._
28-40-0 Page 1
SA B W E:L,f 1~ E 1~
MAINTENANCE
The
as
MANUAL,
compensated capacitance-type fuel quantity indicating system operates The tank units have tubular-type capaself-balancing-type network. citor elements in the fuel tanks, forming a leg or the measuring network, The capacitance or the tank units varies with the fuel level and the fuel The reference condenser compensates for variations dielectric constant, or the fuel dielectric constant, making the system responsive to the mass of fuel. The reference condenser is completely immersed in the fuel being measured; therefore, its function is to improve system accuracy by compensating the indicator response to the general relationship between the dielectric constant and the density of the fuel.
a
A variation in the
fuel level introduces

level to drive
a
an
unbalanced
signal
which is
amplified
indicator,
to
suitable
two-phase
induction motor in the
two-phase motor drives a rebalance potentiometer to balance the system through a high-reduction gear train.
The miniature The tank units
The capacitor elements
resulting
elements
in
are
indicating system. contour or the tank, Because the sensing a linear response of the indicator, fixed, the capacitance of the tank unit can be varied only
are
the basic
are
sensing
elements of the
characterized to match the
by
fuel is
The dielectrle ratio between air and change in the dielectric, approximately 2:1; therefore, the capacitance of the sensing element is about twice as great when the tank is full as it i~ when the tank is empty, Any change of fuel quantity between empty and full reflects a change in tank unit capacitance.
the
The Fuel-level
caution
light
is
energized
at
fuel low-level
condition
by
B.
switch in the
indicator,
Fuel
L~rw-pressure Warning System
Four fuel pressure switches, two in the ri~t fuel system and two in the left fuel systemJ sense law fuel pressure conditions, The following applies to the right fuel system: One pressure switch is positioned doxnstream from the
right
The
fuel
shutoff valve
and monitors
the
right boost
second pressure switch pump pressure. pressure-differentia1 type is positioned in the right engine pod and monitors the differen-
(a
switch)
tial pressure of the inlet and outlet lines of ~the centrifugal stage of the engine-driven fuel pump, The two fuel pressure switches in the left fuel system function the same. When either the left
right or left fl~el boost pump fails or if the right or centrifugal stage of the engine-driven fuel pumps rails, the respect;lve "RH FUEL PRF:SS LOW" or "LH FLTEL FRESS LOW" caution light on the i caution light indicator panel islighted. The FUEL" switch should imThe boost cross-reed and tank crossmediately be actuated to -X-FEED. feed valves will open, allowing either the right or left boost pump to If the respective "RK FUEL PRESS ~LOW" or supply fuel to both engines. "IB FUEL PRESS LOW" caution light goes out, t~e designated right or left; fuel boost pump has failed, if the light remains on, the designated right or left centrifugal stage or the engine-driven fuel pump has fail
On all to
airplanes,
if the tank cross-reed

or
or
boost
cross-feed valves
fai
open, the "FUEL TANK X-FD FAII;" will lilfht and remsin on.
"FLT;EL PUMP X-FD FIAIL~ caution
28-$0-0
~g%llGaNAk As RecBived By ATP
Mar
Page
i/7oi.
SJ~BRE
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
RELAY CONTROL UNIT (REMOVE

STA 312
TRIM PANEL TO
f3
~e
,s
,FUSELAGE
TANK
UNITNO.B
CAIN ACCESS TO
UNIT.)
11
II
1~
I
LH" "FUEL PTY CIRCUIT BREAKER RH" "FUEL QPI CIRCUIT BREAKER
CENTERLINE
ROTATED 180 DEG FOR CLARITY
I
WING TANK UNIT NO. 1
ywlNC 5Ta_Z07
0 o c\
O
C
O
O
0
CANTED
WING 5TA
17.089
WING S~A 87.73
0/0
I
IWINC1ST*
12.322
W1NC 5iA 139
C01,00C 0000000
CANTEDI
WING 5TA i 24.644
U
0 0
i
-1
O

WING TANK
000 0000 OCOC
ii
"NEL WARNING
LEVEL" CIRCUIT BREAKER WING TANK UNITNO.S-
j
LWING TANK
UNIT NO.4
UNIT NO. 3
LEFT WING SHOWN--
LH OVERHEAD OUTBOARD CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANEL
RIGHT WING OPPOSITE
O
h
i_J
LOW FUEL LEVEL
CAUTION LIGHT
:I
1
I
i
i.
I
--C
:L
i:
iii;l?
INStRUMENT PANEL
Nnnm
II i
:L_
;r
i_
rynnm
__
FUEL FLOW
IF(DICATORSaUANTITY IND1CATORI
G
srur~Z
:i_
ii
TEST SWITCH
FUEI?TY III(FUCL pN
COPILOTS INBOARD INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUEL QUANTITY
4 oN
INDICATORS
SOME AIRPLAN ES. TWO HOLES (WITH PLUG-TYPE BUTTONS INSTALLECI ARE PROVIO ED
il:o-;-~a.;en
IN TNE C*BIN CONSOLE 51DE PANELS FOR ACCESS TO THE FUEL OVANTITY UNIT
ADJUSTMENT SCREWS.
Jul
6/73
Fuel ~antLty Indics~ ""ng 3ystem Lccatcr Fi~re 2EI-40-I
28-L3-0 Da~e 3
SA113 F3 E b,l 1V E R
MAINTENANCE
C.
MANUAL
Fuel Flow
~sjo
Indicating System
are
fuel flow indicators

i"ne indicators in
mounted
rate
on
the
pilots
a-e
inboard
fuel caliijrs~ed rrcm
sanel.
show the
icontrol
of fuel flow fron? each engine

indicators
unit
Founds per holzr.
ri"ne
The indicators are powered Sy in increments or :00 pounds. li5-vol~, 400-cycle sc power from the airplane essential bus system. When the engines are being operated, fuel passing through the respective engine-mounted fuel flow transmitter results in a signal to the indicators representing class flow rate. Total Fuel Consumed
On
O to 4000
Indicating System
as
~e total fuel consumed system has beeeinssall?ed (see figLire 28-40-3). consumed system Is pot~e-red by the 115 T~AC primary bus and is i~vegr,ted with the fuel flow indicating system. Components of the total fuel consumed system consist of a digital display instrv~nent mounted in the co-
NA-380 airplanes equipped
Airway Checker ~irplanes,
total
fuel
pilots pilots
outboard amount
on
panel,
fuel total
The
rese~
button
on
a
the
eo-
console and associated

the
indicator provides
digital
indication of the
TO~U; RESET button
or fuel used, in pounds. Depressing the F~J"sL the digital dfs5iill reset console copilots
play
unit
to
zero.
The totalizer
signal
in the
is
Soo-~ strap signal from the

or
a
fuel flow indicators;
failure,
the totalizer will
therefore, display
evor?t
fuel
flow indicator
one-hair of the normal
indication.
Fuel C,111 11an-~ -~Tnits

~e tank unit
is
+,ubular
and
ca.pacif,or
are
in ~rhich the f
area
and
a-oacing
betwesn
electrodes
-lube
are
s"i:teci,
made
as as
of three
concenc,ric tubes.
a
inner tube
(inner electrode) (the other electrode)

other
serres
3.~late
capacitor.
as a
The ~iddle
serves
the other plate. sl:ield

as
third
tubes,
are
is
electrical
well
tube, around the ~e two i~er support.

outside
in and to
electrodes
insulated from each Fuel ground potential. between the tubes throu~Jh
at
other and from the

flow and Tient bolts
at
tube, which is
out
is
permitted
freely
in the
or spaces This -~he unit.

Sali. Access
each end or
fills the :unit-lo the

the
s~me
fuel letisl
cell
as
that
fuel
to
inside
or the
at
door
from the metal

access
comlsartmen-l
l"nee
be
fuselage ~v,seiage
seven
3rorided jy re~oving a station 3T7 and then -emoving tbs

is
access
fuel cell
each
,3,co-r.
can
are
fuel ttZ-LkL
doors.
wing.
~ey
reached
through wi-S~
Fuel
&uantity
fuel
rndic3;-~ors
or?-
quantity indicators,
~e
the
pilots
are
inboard
ii?3trt3nenf~
in pounds of fuel. increments of 1CO pounds. cate reads

one
i,7idir,a~tors
calibrated from O to
panel, SOOC
indiin
half the i;otal
regardless of the ting system is potEiered jy
Eac~ indicator ri"ney indicate 211 internal fuel. wingfuei plus one half the total fuselage Cuanlr fuel. indicafuel temperature or the t~e of fuel.
the
Ilr-volt
ac
essential bus.
As
Recelv~d By
ATP
1
o~t
28-40-0
"age
3/7T
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
A fuel
quantity
test
switch is
in the
landing
to
gear
control
switch
panel
as-
sembly.
system
and RII
The function or this

for proper
switch is
test the fuel
quantity indicating
The three switch positions are TEST; TOTAL; When the switch is placed at TEST, the IND, AUX. pointer of t~e left and right fuel quantity indicators should rotate counterWhen the switch is placed at TOTAL, the pointers should return clockwise. to their former positions. The TOTAL position indicates on the left; fuel quantit3t indicator the total of the fuel in the left wing tank plus half of the fuel in the auxiliary tank, and the right fuel quantity indicator shows the total of the fuel in the right wing tank plus half of the fuel in the The RH IND, RH WING, LH IND, AUX switch position indicates auxiliary tank. the quantity or fuel in the auxiliary tank on the left i.ndicator, while the Failure right indicator shows the quantity of fuel in the right wing tank.
operation.
LH
IND,
RH
WING,
of the
pointers to respond shows
faulty indicating system.
ORIGINAIL
As REcejvsd ATP
By
1
Jun
28/74
28-40-0
Page 4A
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
175V AC
FUEL PTY
ilH OYHD AFT
CIRCUIT-BREAKER
LH
128V
DC ESSENTIAL
FUEL PTY
ilH OVHD PANELI
AFT
RH
FUEL W*RNING
(LH OVHD
LEVEL
FWD
PANEL)
CIRCUIT-BREAKER
PaNELj
FUEL QTY
(PILOT~S INBOARD INSTRUMENT PANEL)
TO "LOW FUEL LEVEL~
cAunoN LIGHT
/COPILDTS
INBOARD
ilus TRUMENT PANPII
TEST
RHIND
TOTAL
ly
RH WING
LHIND
cl
-L
I I
AUX
Ic
w
1-------
CLOSED
2973~8
PI
IP
HI
CLOSED
297 LB
I
1
IH
1
T,
K,
1K
AMPLIFIER
X,
UI
II,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A B D
B
o
,II
I
TANK UNIT
NO
I
8
(AFTFUS)
t~7
LH FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR jPI1OTS INBOARD INSTRUMEN7 PANEL)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RH FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR (PILOTS INBOARD INSTRUMENT PANEL)
LH WING
rL
-1NO
6
I
7
I
I i I
I
NO. 7
RH WING
NO
NO
I~7
NO. 6
NO. 5
TANK UNIT
ICANT WING
STn
TANK UNIT
ICANT WING
STA 13 FWDJ
TANK UNIT (CANT WING

STA 13
1 I~
I I
31
1
TANK UNIT
(CANT
WING
rT
I I
28)
AFTI
I I
i I
1 I
7 I
-r
77
STA 13
AFT)
TANK UNIT (CANT WING STA 13 EWD)
TANK UNIT (CANT WLNG sm 28)
RELAY CONTROL UNIT

a
CONNECTION LEGEND
j I
9 R AUX
LINDLOW LAUXLDW LWINGLOW

LWINGHIGH
HIGH
17
b
c
RINDHIGH
RWING~1IGH
RINDLOW
i
It
3-12
89 UUF
UUF
d
e
UUF
i WING
IR
AUX r
LINDHIGH LAVXHIGH
IRWINGIOW~_I
m
I I I
;uF
RnVXLOw
NO
L_
NO 3
L;
-INO
L=
NO
I I I
ING.
NO.
2II~
NO. 3
1=
NO. 4
TANK UNIT (CANT WING 5TA 421
JWING STA
TANK UNIT 87731
TANK UNIT
(WING STA 1393
TANK UNIT
IWING STA 207)
RELAY
(FUSSTA312)
TANK UNIT (WING STA 207)
TANK UNIT (WING STA 139)
TANK UNIT
(WINC STA 87.73)
TANK UNIT (CANT

WING STA 42) 5370-2-~8298
Jun
28/74
Fuel
Indicating System Electrical Fip~e 28-40-~
Schematic
28-40-0
Page 5
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
4.
Fuel Pressure-sensing Switches
Four fuel pressure switches, two in the right fuel system and two in the left f~el system, indicate the low fuel The following applies ressure condit;ions.
One pressure switch is positioned downstream right pressure switches: right fuel shutoff valve and illuminates the "RH FUEL PRESS LOW" caution light when the boost pump pressure drops to 5 (+1) psi. The second pressure switch in the right fuel system is positioned in theright engine pod and monitors the inlet pressure and outlet pressure of the centrifugal This is a pres sure-differential type stage or the engine-driven fuel pump. of switch. The pressure rise of about 40 psi across the centrifugal portion of the engine-driven pump creates a pressure differential or 40 psi. When the pressure differential across the pump drops to 6 (+1) psi, the pressure switch will close and light the "RH FUEL PRESS LOW" caution light. The light will go out on a pressure rise of 3 psi above 6 C+1) psi. The two fuel presin the left fuel system, one switch downstream from the left sure switches fuel shutoff valve and one in the left engine pod, operate in the same manner.
to the
from the
5.
Fuel Flow Indicators

of a selsyn receiver for rotating the pointer supply for the transmitter impeller motor, to compensate for external frequency changes in the airplane electrical system. The indicators are integrally lighted, hermetically sealed, and are designed to indicate the flow rate or engine fuel in pounds per hours. Fuel flow indicators have a range of O to 4000 pounds per hour. (See figure 28-40-3.
fuel flow consist and
a
The
indicators
stable
frequency
power
6.
Fuel Flow Transmitters Elements or the transmitters include flow-sensing means, a synchronous restraining spring, and a transducer that converts mechanical an electrical position signal.
drive
rota-
motor,
tion to
Angular
proportional to impeller s-peed is imparted~ to each unit mass By recovering this angular momentum, a mechanical torque is developed which is proportional to the product of mass flow rate and impel.ler This torque is converted to an electrical signal which is transmitted speed.
momentum or fuel.
to
the
fuel
flow
indicator.
The
fuel
flow transmitters
access
are
installed
on
the
engines
and may be reached
through engine
doors.
Mar
1/70
28-40-0
Page 7
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
IISV AC PRIMARY
LH FUEL FLOW IIJD ces?s CE~ia7
RH FUEL
6, FLOWIND
08621 (e66n)
B. c.
6 6
LH
D,
1DI FUELFLOW
E
J.
IEh
F
XMtR
LH
FUEL PLOW
L~
I
1
IL
U
PB17
ILHMO
676 aa)
IND
d,l
rti
Irrrors%a~
INST. PANEL)
M
I
FUEL TOTAL RESET ccortroraconso~E,
MM)8 (M60B)
PEEP
It
Csva)
111
6V
FUEL CONSUMPTION TQtALIZLR
61
10
(caFILon
uUIEn lNFT CIWEL)
TOWIC
rmm
Mlf(l (*11(1)0 PLEl
CS1
RH
FUELFLOW INb Ir 21
J.
clC----l~
.r
(PILonlNED PANEL) IWET.
JEl
D c.
EIl
RH
FUEL FLOW
DL
.C
XMIR
MMII) (6666)
cPn ano 676 J(U
0596
0617
1?1
MRWA\YCHPCILR AIRIUNBI1 AIRPUNLS
EQT
EQUlrPBD AE
A(RWIY 6660666 AIRPLAWEE

UlPI46v
Right
28-40-0 Page 8
and Left
Engine Fuel Flow mdicating Systems (Typical) Figure 28-40-3
J~
28~74
SAEE3RE LINE1W
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FUEL INDICATING i. Trouble
SYSTEM
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Shooting Fuel Indicating System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE
FUEL r~UANTITY INDICATING SYSTEM
PRO~F3ASLE CAUSE
A.
NO INDICATOR RESTONSE OR
READING,
OR INDICATOR DOES NOT EIESTOND WilE?J FUEL
~UANTITY TEST SWITCH IS ACTUATED.

No
ac
power to
No
power unit.
tity
power unit
No
indication Tihen fuel quantest switch is actuated. indication ~hen fuel

test
Repair
ac
power
circuit.
(2) Faulty (ampli;"ier). (3) Faulty

(4) Fr~ult?J
fuel
circuit.
tity
indicator.
switch is
quanactuated.
Replace indicator.
No indication when fuel quantity test switch is actuated.

Make
indicator.
wiring quantity test
In
continuity
check.
as
needed.
B.
FUEL
INDICATOR
li~S
HIGri WITH EMPTY
CELLS,
OR ,POINT~ZI ROT,4TES
CLOCK~JISE ~THOIJT STOPPING.
(1) Faulty power unit (ampllfier in indicator).
Substitute
tor.
krioWn
good indicastoDs is
ReDlace
indicator.
If oointer
rotating,
bad.
old indicator
(2) Faulty
condenser
or
reference associated
~Jlake
continuity
check
of
~iT23.
Repair
wire
as
or
replace
or
connector
wiring.
required.
rorer~nce
Make continuity
ground.
C.
check
to
Replace
condenser.
FUEL ~UANTITY INDICATOR POINTER ROTATES STOPPING WITH FUEL CELLS EMPTY.
SLOWL~N?i790liT
(1) Faulty power ~it (a~zplifier in indicator).
Substitute krlown
tor.
good
indica-
Replace
Indicator
If pointer stops rotating, old indicator

bad.
is
(2)
Faulty talr~
t~it(s)
Isolate tion. check
T"aulty
Terfo-~n
wire
a
or
con~ec-
Replace
wires
tors
or
as
or
re-pair
associated
wiring.
across
the
contin~itg two pairs of

deter-
cor~ec-
reauired.
contacts.
Use
tester to
tank tLrit.
capacitance
mine
whether ~ar;k has
Oct
3/77
28-~0-1 Page 1C1
SABRE]LINE]R
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROB~LE CfiUSE
ISOLATION PROCEDURE
the proper capacitance value. If tank u-?it does not show
RE~IFi)Y
correct
value,
unit
is
raulty.
D.
INDICATOR REU)S LOW IN RESPECT TO FUEL IN C~TLLS.
(1)
L~nits
One
not
or
more
tank
Rerer to "or
isolation arocedu~-2
cause
iaorki~ In
probable
C.
~(2)
Repair or replace wires, connectors,

or tank
circuit.
trouble
units as
reyuirPd.
E.
FU~J-I a;LTANTITY INZIICA~OR -pOlMTEEI STUCK.
(1)
cover.
Pointer drags
~ace
or
on
glass
No f~el indication ~hen ;ystem and all
Replace indilst=r.
~unctionlng properly.
F.
~UANTITY I17TDICKTOR POZNTE~ OSCILI;IITt~S,

OR IS STOPPED AT ZE~RO OR E1?TLL ETm OF SCALE,
ACROSS DI-1~L
SCORE,
(1)
iEiires
or
shortbroken.
Isolate
tion
or
circ~ited
break
~aulty Jaire by contin~ty
Repair
wires
or or as
replace
conr,=c-
check.
tions
rey~red.
G.
LOW R~ITJC CR NO
AT FIJEZI iciU~JTLTY INDICATOR.
(1)
at
Poor
connection
or
tar~ unit
Isolate la~ty ccr~ection by making contin~ty check.
Prig,L~sn,
or
repair,
as
1-9cllace
indicator.
Soap
solutiun
used
of
Ln pressure
lei~ty connection jy makl-n-~; ccnf,in~.ty check.

Isolate
Wash cor~ectlons
~uel
;upplJ
in cable
sys~en corLnectis~s.
dry
rith
jclver,-,.
(3)
jewels
Da-,age~ pivots
in
or
Replace
tisy
LOW-PR%SSURF rr~RNING SISTEP4
~lt23
C1UBS-
indicator.
Ei.
~ii CR RH F[IEL FIIESS L05j
EIEM~iTNS ON. Make

to
(1)
not
I3oost pump does
pressure
cneck.
(rierer
gvc~
Replace
bcoj-;
supply
for boost
Suel pressure.
pressure
check.)
Replace gal stage oT engine-dri:rsn fuel
pwnis.
(2)
3~
the
Centrifugal stage engine-driven

does
~uel
not
increase boost pump
28-40-1 Page 102
Mar
1/70
SA B R E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PROB~LE: CAUSE
than 12
ISOLI1TION PROCEDURE
REMEDY
pressure
more
(~1) (3) (4)
psi.
Defective boost
switch. Check for fuel
leakage
from
Replace pressure
switch.
pump pressure
pressure
Check for pressure
switch.
fuel
Defective
engine-
leakage
from
Replace pressure
switch.
driven fuel pump pressure differential switch.
switch.
Check for kinked inlet

or
or
damaged
to
Repair
lines.
or
replace
outlet
lines
switch.
I.
"LH FUEL PRESS LOW" OR "RH FUEL PRESS LOW" CA~PTION LJ~GHT DOES N(YT COME ON
WHEN POWER IS ON SYSTEM AND BOOST PUMP IS INOPERATIVE OR ENGINE SS NOT
RUNNING.
(1)
"I~TEL WARNING
breaker
Place
all
airplane switches
1
Replace circuit
breaker.
BOOST" circuit
defective.
at OFF.
Remove
all
airplane.
Remove
external power from left out-
board forward de circuit-breaker
essential
panel
and
engage "FLTEL WARNING circuit breaker; then
BOOST"
check
continuity
across
circuit-
breaker terminals.
FUEL FLOW INDICATING SYSTEM

J.
INDICATOR POINT~ SLUGGISH OR IB ERROR.
(1) (2)
Low
ac
voltage.
Check for
correct power
supply. Replace faulty

indicator.
Faulty indicator.
Interchange right and left
engine indicators.
(3)
K.
Faulty
wire
Check
continuity
of wire
Repair
as
harness.
harness.
necessary.
INDICATOR POINTER SWINGS BACK AND FORTH ACROSS DIAL.
Faulty wiring, indicator, or

transmitter.
(1)
Check
continuity
of
wiring,
or
change indicator
mitter.
and/or trans(See figure 28-40-3.)
Repair wiring or replace indicator
and/or
transmitter.
Mar
1/70
28-40-1 Page 103
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PROBABLE CAUSE
ISOLATION PROCM(3RE
Check for loose end fittings and cut O-ring seals on transmitter.
(2)
Fuel leaks
at
transmitter fittings.
Replace O-ring seals and tighten fittings.
L.
SZIGIFP aR NO MOVEMENT QR INDICATOR POLNTE~R SPINS.
(1)
Shorted
or
interor
Check continuity or
wiring,
or
mittent
circuit,
interchange right
engine indicators.
and left
Repair wiring or replace indicator.
faulty indicator.
U.
INTERMITTENT OR NO INDICATION OF FC~EL FLOW.
(1)
pivots
Broken
impeller
Check for indication during
Replace fuel flow

transmitter.
in transmitter.
engine operation.
28-~0-1
Mar
Page 104
1110
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
FUEL INDICATING SYSTEM
WK~NING:
MANUAL
PF.O-
TO PREVENT POSXISLE EXPLOSIONS DURING TKE FOLLOWING REPLACE~ETST
CET)URF~S,
MI1KE
SURE T~T ALL AIRPLANE
flnJITCHES AXE AT OFF OR ~ORMALLY
~LINT4INED
SAFE
POSITIONS,
AND
THAT ALL SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM. indicator

or
ARE REMOVED FROM AIRT)L~LnSE SUS
NOTE:
Subsequent to replacement or a fuel quantity quantity system should be calibrated.

of
probe, the fuel
Replacement
A.
Wing Tank Units
Removing Wing Tank Units

The
wing intermediate and outboard wing tank units may be top of the right and left wings through access covers. (Refer to Chapter 6, figure 6-00-3.) The wing center section fuel cell, containing the right and left wing Inboard tank units, is equipped with Access to wing tank access doors for maintenance of the fuel system units. units #6 and ~k7 is provided by removing door assembly, P/N 4655~ from inAccess to the #5 wing tank unit is provided by removing board rear spar.
right
and
left
reached
from the
P/N 4980
(1)
door from iliboard front
spar.
or
After
locating ~uel quantity indicating tank unit removed, defuel airplane r2~el system.
units
to be
CAUTION:
COMPLY WITH ALL NECESSARY SAFETY I>ROCEDURES AIRPLA~SE FUEL
SYSTEM.
selected
or
After
gaining
access
to
wing
tank
tank unit
securing
screws
loosen
and
remove
unit, either remove wing securing clamps.

remove
Then disconnect
B.
coaxial
leads
from unit
and
from ruel
cell.
Installing Wing Tank Units
(1)
Connect coaxial leads to wing tank unit and install in mounting position, using securing clamps and/or screws.
proper
Ensure
installed
to
that "O"
Make
ring
fuel
seals
are
installed under head of
screws.
sure
that
access
doors
and/or
plates
are
properly
prevent
system
leaks.
(3)
Adjust IZ~el quantity indicating system.
(Refer
to
~8-40-3.)
Replacement of k~elage Tank Fuel ProbeUnit

A.
Removing Fuel
The fuel
Probe Unit
quantity indicating fuselage
tank unit
can
be
reached
through
access
doors.
(1)
After
washers
gaining access to fl~selage tank unit, remove 18 bolts and retaining ~uel probe support to tank compartment and remove st~pport and two gaskets.
the two
Remove
remove
countersunk
and cell
screws
retaining
fuel
probe
to
cell
and
fuel
probe
oper,ing "0" ri ng.

Page 401
Oct
3/77
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
and
remove
(3)
B.
Disconnect
coaxial
leads
from unit
unit
from
fuel
eell
Installing Fuel Probe Unit
(1) (2)
Install
mount.
MS2g513-223 "0" ring
in
groove
of
cell
fuel
probe openin~
Installfuel
countersunk
probe, align mounting holes,

screws.
and
secure
with
two
(3)
(4) (5) (6)
Place
on
~65-484099
tank
~asket on fuel probe flsnge compartment mounting flange.

in
and
26~-484100 gashet
Align
holes
gaskets with mounting flange holes.

with
Position support holes

in
ring over ~askets and align holes in rin~ gaskets and mounting flanyes.
into inner two holes
of
Install two bolts with washers
support
ring.
Do
not
tighten.
outer
(7)
(8) (9)
(10)
3-
Install
and
16 bolts with washers into
16 holes
of
support ring
tighten.
two inner
Tighten
Hook up
bolts.
fuel
probe coaxial leads.

indicating
Adjust fuel quantity

3 in
system.
(Refer
to
paragraph
or
28-40-3.)
Pressure-sensing
Switches
Replacement
A.
or Fuel
Removing
~oost
Pump Fuel Pressure Switches

fuel pressure
The boost pump beneath either

an
switches
are
mounted
on
brackets
directly
access
panel
in the
cabin floor.
The
procedure for removal of
switch is
identical.
(1)
Remove
access
panel
in cabin floor.
(2) (3)
(4)
Make
sure
right and left shutoff valves
are
in closed
position.
Disconnect electrical connector to
switch.
(See figure
Cap connector and plug.

Remove
cap
on
fitting
line between switch and fuel boost pump line. Imme di at e Ly on boost pump line to prevent fuel spillage. Cap fitting
switch and
plug "B" holding
nuts
on
line.
(5)
Remove switch.
jam
nut
switch
on
mounting bracket; then
remove
(6)
28-40-2
Paae Lg~
Temporarily replace
cabin floor
access
panel.
As Ra;- -il~ci al;f9
Uy
LINEW
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
B.
Installing ~oost Pump Fuel
Pressure
Switches
(1)
Remove
cabin
floor
access
panel.
and
Position switch through hole in mounting bracke~

nut.
install
jam
(See
figure
from
(3)
Reniove
plugs
"B" nuts
on
line
cap
to from
be
installed between
;wltch
line
and boost
on
pump
lines.
Remove
pressure
switch.
Install
installing line on fitting in boost pump line, compiete installation as rapidly as possibie to prevent fuel splllagP Torque "B" nuts 40 to 65 Lnch-pound;.
switch.
iJhen
(4)
(5)
Remove to
caps
from
electrical
connector
and
plug.
Install connector
plug,
and
safety.
Install
access
panel.
Reulacement
A.
of Fuel Flow Indicators
Removing Fuel Flow Indicators
(1)
Loosen
round-head
jac:i~screw.
from
instruments
ins tmument.
-i~anel,
to
cor,nections
on
rear
of
(3)
Disconnect CAUTION:
~ower
source
from instrument.
Cover
disconnect
_4~rD
~iY
~LL
~LECTRZCP;i, MUST BE
RECEPTACLES, PLUGS, E)ARTTCLES, T~T
"ITOTT~IE
STATIC
TO i(E%P OUT FOR~IGN
IIZFITTER,
TO BECO~E
FIIETAL
(4)
Remove
instrument
clamp
from
panel.
(5)
3.
Remove
from panel
screw.
by
rsmoving jackjcrew
and
flush-
head
attachina
rnstalling
Fuel ~Low Injicators
(1)
Clean
Remove
mounting clamp jackscrew

~nd
and
instr~ment
for
bonding.
clamp.
mounting
screw
from
(3) (4)
Position clamp on forward side at countersunk hole in panel Install flush-head

and
of instrument
panel with small lug
SCrerhlj but do not tighten it. until begins to close. clani7! tighten
Iustal!. Jac~screrrr
As
ORIGINAL
A3P
Recelv~d By
~Iar
1/70
SABRE~kf N ~FZ
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(5)
Connec:
instrument, in
power
source,
and
insert
Fnstrumentt
in
panel
(6)
Hold instrument
oi il:e;
place and ~ighten Jackscrew snd mounting

~nraugh
Ij.
ReoLacelcent
Flow
Triir3clitters-NA~370-2
-6,
-8 aid -9 AirBlsnes
A.
Removing Fuel Flow Transmitters

The r2iel
flow
transmitters
are
on
the
left
side
of the
engine
com~ressor
The right-hand engine must be remove~ before remov~l or installation of the right fuel flow transmitter can be accompl~jhed.
inlet
case.
CAUTfON:
BEFORF: RE~TIIOVING ELECTRTCP~Z, FLUC; FROM FUEL FLOW

SURE TO DISENCAGE
SURE THAT fiC
BE
"F~EL FLOW" CIRCUIT BREAKER,
THIS
IS
TO
E~-
EL~CTRICATI POWER IS ~ITOT TN TNE CIRCULT.
IF AC:
ELECTRICAL POWER IS ZN TfIE CIRCUIT rrifl~N ~iE FLOri FLOW IPSi~ICAT04 ~VIITTER ELECTRZC~U; PLUG TS REMOVED, THE PrV~PLIFIER WILL i~E BURI\TED OUT.
(1)
Disconnect Disconnect
ele~trical IZ~el line
~lug
from transmitter, from transmitter.
fittings
(3)
Remove
S;ransmitter retaining bolts

transmittnr
ends
of
anL~
1F~t
transrr.itter from
and retain enrj.
(4)
B.
If
new
is
to be
instail~d,
remove
plates
from both
transmitter
installing Fuel Flow ?ransmitters

The
fuel flow transmitters
are are
installed the
In Iue_
an
inverted
end
-30_t~on
metal
drip shields
Tl?ij
starter
installed at
lesd and
inlet
of he
trsnscit-
ters,
installation prevents
electrical
interaction between the

f:ield
engine
ground
cransmiti;ei-
rr.a~r.etic.
tlrjTig engine
LL
startina.
(1)
(1A)
U~Lng
C~
rear
mounting boss retaining %olts,

so
nn
moun
ting bracket,
fuel flow transmitter
that
Rotate
electrical connecticn
is
positioned down and forward (up and forward on airplanes char~ed by Se~rice Letter No. 52) Connect ~uei line to transmitter, snd torque line nuts to 750 inch-pounds,
(3)
Airplanes
A,
Connect
electrical plug to
transrnitter,
and ioc~rrire.
Replacement
of Fueli"lOw Transmitters
Flow Transmitters
~A-370-1 and -7, NA-380-1 and Later
Removing Fuel
The
the
fuel flow tr~smitter is

fuel filter, lower
located
on
the fuel
ward of the
Access
to the
engine low~r centerline forflow transmitter is through

access
engine
inboard and lower

lower
outboard
doors,
access
(I)
23-iiD-~ Page lc04
OT)er! lower inboard and
doors,
As Re@8jved By
ATI
Oct
3/77
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(2)
~Iake
the
certain that
all electrical the
ground potrer is removed from

switch is
at
airplane
and that
electrical power master
OFF.
(3)
(4)
B.
I)isconnect Disconnect
remove
electrical
fuel line
plug
(PSgl)
from fuel flow

each end of transmitter end
transmitter
from
fittings from engine.
Installing Fuel Flow
Transmitters
and enqzge
(1) (2)
Position fuel flow transmitter between fuel lines

nuts to
line
nus,s.
fittings
on
each end of transmitter.

so
Do not
tighten
Rotate
fuel flow trans~itter srt
that
electrical
connection is
positioned
and up.
Connect
electrical
plug
(P591)
to fuel
flow
transmitter and
satety
to
with loclrwire.
(3)
(4)
Tora_ue
Close
line
nuts
750 inch-pounds.
doors.
engine
access
Replacement
or Fuel
Indicators
Irdicators
are
Removing Fuel ~uantity

The
me~i;
fuel
quantity indicators
are
located
on
the
Dilor~s
rr,st-~-
~anel and
accessible
from the
cockDit.
removed from
(1)
(2)
(3)
certain electrical 730tTeT is Loosen round-head Withdraw fuel

Dower
airplane.
jackscrew.
indicator
quantity
on
from instrument
panel
~o
exl3ose
corylection
rear
or indicator.
rear
(4)
Disconnect tzctive
electrical
on
plug from
of
indicator
and install
gro-
caps
disconnected electrical
plugs.
~LiSi) TLUGS
~TST ~E
C~UTION:
AU EX~OSXD TO E~EP GUT FOR~IGN METAL

!ilAY TI~E
r0
3ECS~
Remote
fuel
Quan"ity
indicator
from panel.
(5)
3.
~elnove
instrument
and flush head
cl~unp from panel by zorr,pleteiy attaching screw.

Indicators
~ckscrow
Installing Fuel g,i;antity
(1) (2) (3) (iL) (5)
Clean mounting
clamp and fuel and
quantity indicator for

screw
bonding.
lug
at
Remove
jackscrew
mounting
from
clamp.
small
Position clanrp on folrJara side of instrument s~ith countersunk hole in Danel. Install flush head screw, but do not ti;;hten. tighten until clamp begins to close.
elect,rics.l power
Install
and
ilor-nect
glug
"yr,
aft
side
of fuel cuantitv
As Recejvec; Uy a ALTP
29-40-2
Oct
b,
3/77
Page 405
i5A~IRE L,INE~Z
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Rold instrwner~
Insert
in
nuel quantity indicator in instrument panel. placeand tighten jackscrew and mounting screw.
ANYTIME A ~SEL &UAI\TTITY INL)IC~FIM-5 IS
TIE~ FZT~L
&UA_NTITY INDICATING SYSTEM ~IUST BE

TO
28-40-3.)
&T~RIGIMAR,
As
C3y
28-40-2 ~age 406
Oct
3/77
SA B FZ E LI N E R
MAINTENANCE
i.
MANUAL
Adjusting Fuel Quantity Indicating System, Using

The
TTU-68/E
or
MD-1 Tester
The performed on each indicating system. the make sure dry making adjustments; therefore, Make empty and full adjustments (accessibLe on back or tanks are drained. indicator) by sliding indicator out of panel or removing panel from frame, Disconnect connector from taking care not to damage coaxial and wire leads. indicator not being adjusted.
following procedure
must be
should be
tank units
when
NOTE:
A.
See
figure 28-40-2 for different fuel quantity test switch selections.
Empty Adjustment
!1)
Deruel
airplane.
de
Connect 28-volt
external power to
airplane,
and
push in the
following
circuit breakers: CONTROL NO.
"INVERTERS "INVERTERS
"FUF~:L QTY "FITEL &TY
2&INST"
2"
PWR TRIP
NO.
LH" RH"
"FUEL WARNTNG
Place
LEVEL"
"INVERTER" switch at NO. 2. Allow 2 minutes for fuel quantity indicating system to stabilize before making adjustments with fuel quantity test switch at center TOTAL position.
Turn "E"
cator
(3)
ton back or fuel quantity indicator) until indiMomentarily actuate fuel quantity test switch to move pointer off set position and check repeatability when pointer returns to zero. Look directly into indicator to avoid error due to parallax.
adjustment
zero.
reads
(4)
Substitute
"C1"
as
section
of
TTUT-68/E
and
or
MD-1
tester
(rigures
placeof airplane
~S-40-501, 28-40-502, 28-40-503,

tank units follows:
~8-40-504)
in
(a)
(b)
Disconnect
(See
and ground tank unit low-impedance coaxial figures 28-40-504 and 28-40-507.)
cable.
Assemble
as
tester wire harness
(g~5-810084)
and
cable adapters
shown in figure
28-40-504.
Mar
1/70
28-40-3
Page 501
1_JS~BRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TEET
I~
II IN.
rug
ADAtfCII
LC-0)03
(FLUO
INTO TEST
~KIIIICLI I*)
UNINNORR C*UI
4133671.
lf*J1OJI)
LIQVIM)METER
4299444 (1100 INTO TEST

RECEPTACLE
Fa~:71 ").416~,M
COAXIM~AUI
*12161EK
UQ174A/U
(LC9203)
LIOUIDOMETER
(nUGINTOTIST RECEPTACLE "c.~7
LINENIELDRD CAME
CALIBRATION CAID~
i-TEST RKERACLES (102
WITH CAPACITANCE 5ET AT C1 OR HIGH CAPACITANCE. CONNECT TO "A" AND C3. FOR LOW C~PACITANCE, CONNECT TO "B" AND "C" WITH CAPACITANCE SET Ar C4.)
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
(FOR TEST LEADS)
DESICCATOR
-C4 (AD)USTAILE
NOT
FROM IOfO?lOUUrONLY.
e*IACR*NCE0--cT~--1000looosooo20-6200I1c
REPLACEWHEN CZ C2
1000_1
2000
SETTING OT C1
ANDC31 I
DESICCATOR
TVRNJ PINI( IN COLOR.
2001000 UUf
1000~000 VUF
UUF
UUF
AFFECTED.)
O
C1
RANGE OF C1. CHANGE SETTINGS OF C2 AND C3 AS REOUIRED.

ca
10-210 UUF
10-210 UUF STOP
Jt
ARIUITMENTLOCK
(MOYE UT TO "STOP"
LOCI(
DESICCATOR
IDO NOT USE TESTER
IF CRYSTALS ARE ALL
C1 CACACITANCE (ADJVSTAI)LE
PINI(.)
FROM 20 TO 220 VUF. RANGE MAY IE INCREASED Br SETTING C? OR C3 IN OTHER THAN 0 POSITION.)
C1 AND C3
CAPACITANCE RANGE SWRCHI---

4122621
TEST ADAITERS
t----~-----l?l
COAXIAL CABLE
112 IN.
RED BARREL TERMINAL NO. 12
60St
BLACK 643321 TERMINAL NO. 13
4123693 UNS~IELDLD CABLE
6936
t----=-----l?l.
4111693
COAXIAL CABLE
_
RED BARREL TERMINAL NO.
UG-BB/ U
_I1-
I1IN.
4111496 UNSWIELDED CABLE

n_
EAS1O?R-1A
LIQUIDOMCTEII
12 IN.
4111693 UNSHIELDED CABLE

l?lN.
UO-BB/U
412347342
UNIC(IELDED CABLE
MINNEAPOLIS-HONtrWLLL
t MLILLER ELECTRIC CO
KINGS ELECTRONICS CO
TTLT
-68/E
Fuel
28-40-3
Page 502
Quantity Variable-capacit;ance Figure 28-40-501
Tester
Mar
1/70
ri
SABRELIN ER
MAINTENANCE .,,MANUAL
TEST LEADS
721N.
T ADAPTERS
413166819
(PLUG
INTO TEST
41226nC
UNSHIELDED CABLE
721N.
LC-93-03
(EA-5203R)
LIOUIDOMETER
RECEPTACLE "A.")
4122668
/PLUG INTO TEST RECEPTACLE "8.")
B
COAXIAL CABLE
41226789
UG-274A/U
(LC92-03) L
(PLUG INTO TEST

RECEPTACLE
"~.)41 6 M*
721N.
412167El(+
(EA-szo3s)
LIQUIDOMETER
UNSHIELD~DCABLE CALIBRATION CARD

STORAGE COMPARTMENT (FORTESTLEADS)
TEST RECEPTACLES (CONNECT
TO "A" AND "8" WHEN CAPACITANCE IS SET AT C1. WHEN CAPACITANCE 15 511 AT C3. CONNECT TO "Il":AND "C.")
DZnrDRAT3R
o
~OM)
ABC
--sooo
C3 CAPACITANCE (ADJUSTABLE FROM

10 TO 210 UUF ONLY.
SETTING OF C2
NOT
AFFECTED.)
REPLACE WHEN DESICUTOR TURNS PINK IN COLOR.
CZ
UUF
UUF
10005000 UUF
TO INCREASE CAPACITANCE RANGE OF C1.CHANGE SETIING OF CZ AS Cl 50-1100 UUF
C3
)0210 UUF
STOP
STOP
O
LOCK
ADJUSTMENT LOCK
(MOVE UP TO "STOPP
TO UNLOCK. MOVE DOWN TO LOCK.)
DEHrDRATOR
NOT USE TESTER IF CRYSTALS ARE ALL PINK.)
(00
C1 CAPACITANCE (AoJusrABu
FROM 50 TO 1100 UUF.
C3 CAPACITANC~-J RANGE SWITCH (0510 TO SET RANGE OF

ct
RANGE MAY BE INCREASED IIY SETTING CZ H OTHER THAN "O"
POSITION.)
ONLY)
TEST ADAPTERS
121N.
~11169r*
1_~
6mt
COAXIAL CABLE
12 IN.
BLACK BARREL TERMINAL NO. 13
4121698*
El
UNSHIELDED CABLE
_
60St
BARREL TERMINAL NO. 5
t----=Z~--------lzlN.
COAXIAL CABLE
I121N.
41P169F
614
UG-BB/U
4122695
UNSHIELDED CABLE
121N.
EA5202R-1*LlaUIWMnER
UO-B(/U
4122641*
UNSHIELDED CABLE
412169J*
UNSHIELDED CABLE
413367865
MINNLAPOLIS-nONEYWELL
9 MULLER ELECTRIC CO
51101~(31
MD-1 Fuel
Mar
Quantity Variable-capacitance
Fi~ure 28-40-502
Tester
1/70
28-40-3
Page 503
OBFIGIMA(L wecCO?ked By
A$j~
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
:U
61226611
TEST
a
1-lnM
r
I\
BNC (5TD)
DM "A," "E," OR "L" POLARITY-BNC TO DM ADAPTER AND"A." "E." OR "L" POLARITY TEE (LOW-IMPEDANCE)
PMnPLVO--M*LE
RKP "A"
JMnJACR-MALI DMmDAOI-MINIATDRI INCnSTANDARD ADAPTII

JFnJACI(--rlM*LE
a
MINNE*WUWIONIYWIU PART NO.
Rfn CAILE LL*"
tuaulDomntn
PART NO.
rm(spEac~q
41226661
TEST
a
IrPM
Ir
INC
(STD)
DM "8" OR "J" POLARITY--BNC TO DM ADAPTER AND "8" OR "J" POLARITY
TEE
(REFERENCE CONDENSER)
RKC
a
Pm
nUdR/E OR MD-I TESTER
41226693
TEST
CAW
"C
nn CAILI n~
DM "F" OF "I(" POLARITY-INC TO OM "F" OR "K" POLARITY ADAPTER
1M
TEn I[CP "I
PM
uots/u 1,
AND
TEE (nlGn
IMPEDANCE)
INC (S1D)
RAND
N
TIT CAIIl "Y
1M
nn uw
~llt661
(co*xl*4
6122671*
(COAXIAL)
IW CAILI "O"-T
~M
01"1~ WL*RITI-INC TO DI
Jr
nn CARLI "D rr 6132696
ADAPTER AND "8" OR "1" POLARITY TEE IREFEReNCE CONDENSER)
RIT
C*UI "il--~
Jr 4111~91
NOtE
Indicating SYllem Coaxial CabIo Adapkr Kit" illudrotion.

CARLE, PIUO, AND TEE ADAPTER PARTS LIST
DESCRIPTION
For.ddi(iond ad.ptar informo(ion, las "Fuaa Quantir/ Connoctorl anci To,tr Calbb
MFR
I PARI
NO.
QUANTITY
CAILE *DICIHI MATES 8NC STANDARD PLUO--DM JACK "8" POLARITY
DAOE
1-39915727-1 57261 5963.1 5725-1 56461
1
1 I I 1
2
1
1
I
l;(ATES INC
RI ADAnIII
"A F"J K"

"1" "P" "I"
"A"
j
I 1 1
MATES )NC STANDARD PLUO-DM JACK "L" POLARITY STANDARD ICSI(--)NC STANDARD JACK
59711
34161
I
I
I
D~CE
DAOE
1
1
I
1
1
I
(OR UG-491
(JAC~-JACI(+IOQ)
DM
"I" POLARITY
1-j911 1P6~-1 1-617-1
2 i
I I
I
I
I 1 1-333-1
11)*61
t
DAGE
(JACI(-IACK-CLUG) DM
"L" POLARITY
Ille3~w,
TmU-68/E
28-40-3
Pt~e 504
or
for
MD-1 Tester Cable and Adapter Assembly Schematic Testing Fuel BLlantitY Indicating System
Figure 28-40-503
Mar
1/70
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(c)
Disconnect airplane wire harness from fuel quantity indicator. Restore connection by installing tester wire harness (265-
810084)
harness
between fuel
as
quantity indicator
and
airplane wire
shown in figure
28-40-507.
(d)
Connect test cable cable
"A" to tester receptacle A. Connect test "B" to tester receptacle B. (See figures 28-40-504 and
connect tester reference
condenser lead
28-40-507.) Do not (test cable "C") to (5)

Adjust "C1" section of The capacitance zero.
be
tester receptacle C.
or
TTIT-68/E
making
MD-1
on
tester until
or
indicator reads
should
value read the
TTU~-68/E
MD-1 tester
151.16 (135, -~o) uur, indicating

when
or
that all tank units
were
properly connected
empty adjustment.
MD-1
(6)
Adjust "Cl" section

about
comes
TTU-68/E
or
tester until indicator reads
500 pounds.
on.
Slowly decrease
tester value until caution
light
Indicator should read 307
(~20)
pounds.
B.
Full
Adjustment
Connect
(1)
"C1" section of
and
tank units
"C3"
in
TTU-68/E or MD-1 tester in parallel with parallel with reference condenser as follows:
tow-impedance
coaxial cable.
(a) (b)
Reconnect tank unit Connect test cable
"C" to tester receptacle C.
NOTE:
Under these
illustrated in
conditions, the test setup figure 28-404-507.

high-impedance
is
exactly
as
(c)
Set
Note that tank unit and tester

nected in
leads
are
con-
parallel.
"C1" section of
uuf. section of
TTIT-68/E
or
MD-1
tester to
capacitance
value of
176.59
(3)
Set
"C4"
TT[J-68/E
or
"03"
section of MD-1 tester
to
capacitance
value
(reference condenser)
of 3113 uuf.
(4)
"F" adjustment ton back of fuel quantity indicator) until indiThen momenpointer coincides with last scale mark on dial. tarily actuate test switch to move pointer counterclockwise and Look check repeatability when pointer returns to last scale mark. directly into indicator to avoid error due to parallax.
Turn cator
(5)
Disconnect and ground coaxial cable leading from tank unit reference
condenser.
Mar
1/70
28-40-3
Page 505
OBBIOIMAB As Received By
a7iP
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCI
MANUAL
LEGEND
Pr=PIUO--~IM*LE PM~rLUO--M*Lt IM=JACK--M*LE
TEST
DM--O*OI--MINIAIURI BNC=STANDARD ADAPTER
CONNECT 10 CUEL QU*NTITI IND

L 7
IF-JICI(-~IM*LE
8808 "~L"
I--I~
TEST CABLE "A" PM ADAPTER 8190
(STD) TO
OM--"A" POLARITY
41226611
.M SPECIAL 412166M
POLARITY TEE
JP
rm~
I r
41226718
(LOW-IMPEDANCE)
r;l I I I I I I I I I I I I
11
IN.
PM UO-BB/U
TEST RECP "C"
,~L
~I
TTU-6B/E OR
MD-l
412269J1
rsrT c*au TEST CABLE "H"
ADAPTER 8110
(STD) TO
POLARITY
DM--"8. POLARITY "8" POLARITY TEE
(R~I: CO*IOINSER) 1M4111~9F

TEST CABLE "F",
II.
tEftER
I
J
I I
I ~L
(HIGn-IMPLD*NCt)
412267LJPC
TEST
PM UG-BB/U
~Jm
llF
IP
RECP"B"C"
TEST PF
CABLE
"B"
ADAPTER 8110
(STD) TO
DM-"F" POLARITY
4111661
CONNECT TO FUEL QUANTITY IND AIRPLANE WIRE HARNESS

JP E*)1011?* 1M412269F
r.
t7
TEST CABLE "O" TEST CABLE
--BNC /-DM "A" 01 "E" POLARITY TO DM ADAPTER AND "A" OR "8" POLARITY TEE
"D1
cPF 4122698
JF
llIlldPl
INC
(STDJ
NOTE
lee
Fot.dditionol .daplsr inform.Hon, "Fuel Quantity Indicating Sy,tem Coaxial Cable Connectarr and ferter Cable Adapter Kit" illurtration.
CABLE ADAPTER AND WIRE HARNESS FLIRTS LIST
DESCRIPTION
MFR
PART NO.
I C)UANTITY
WIRE nARNESS-268-610084
CONNECTOR PLUG
CONNECTOR SOCKET
DM CABLE PLUG "8" POLARITY DM CABLE PLUG "F" POLARITY DM CABLE PLUG "A" POLARITY
DM TEE ADAPTER "8" POLARITY
I I I I I
AMPHENOL
AMPHENOL
DAGE T
167-01C18bZP I 167-06(3186251 I 1-6301 I 1 1-7181 1 1 1-3731 1

1709-1
2 2
2
DM TEE DM TEE
COAXCABLE-SUPRENANT WIRE, INSULATED
(JACK--IACK--IACKJ ADAPTER "F" POLARITY (JACK--JACK--IACKJ ADAPTER "A" POLARITY (JACK-JACK-JACK)
DAGE
)711-1 1708-1 12219
I
I
I
I
AN-?o
AN?2
WIRE. INSVLPITED WITH COVERED SC((ELD
CABLE ADAPTERS
MATES BNC STANDARD PLUJ--DM JACK "8" POLARITY MATES BNC STANDARD PLUG-DM IACK "F" POLARITY MATES 8NC STANDARD PLVG--DM JACK "A" POLARITY MATES BNC STANDARD JACK--BNC STANDARD IACK
DAGE
1-399-1 5726-1 57251 3426-1 1-331-1
MATES DM TEE ADAPTER "8" POLARITY (JACK--I*CK--PLUGI MATES DM TEE ADAPTER "A" POLARITY (JACK--IACK--PLUG)
1.
tllaUIDOMnEI
2
1
1-333-1
MINNEAPOLIS nONEYWELL PART NO.
PART NO.
13101lL1~
TTU-68/E
28-40-3 page 506
or
MD-1 Tester Cable
Calibrating
Fuel
and Adapter Assembly Quantity Indicating System Figure 28-40-504
Schematic
for Mar
Indicators
1/70
SAB RE LINE1R
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Adjust "C4" section of TT~Ti68/E or "C3" section or MD-1 tester until indicator pointer coincides with last scale mark on indicator dial. Capacitance value read on tester should be 56~3 (41.0) uuf, indicating that reference condenser was properly connected in circuit when making the full adjustment.
(7)
Disconnect
erence
are
TTIT-68/E
or
MD-1
tester leads
Make
and reconnect
airplane
ref-
condenser coaxial cable. reconnected.
sure
tank unit coaxial cables
correctly
(8)
(9)
Check that indicator reads

if "E"
zero.
Repeat entire adjustment procedure
setting is
incorrect. with lockwire

and
cator
Safety "E" and "F" adjustment in panel.

The
covers
install
indi-
NOTE:
following adjustments
are
are
to be made
after
all
the
system
coaxial leads
reconnected.
(10)
Place
fuel
access
quantity
to
test
switch at RH
and
IND,
RH
W~NG,
LH
IND,
AUX and
gain
NOTE:
"L WING"
"R AUX" adjustment cap
covers
on
relay
control unit.
On
same
led)
are
to the
airplanes, two holes (with plug type buttons instalprovided in the cabin console side panel for access fuel quantity unit adjustment screws.
(11)
Turn
zero,
"L WING" adjustment until left fuel quantity indicator reads and turn "R AUX" adjustment until right fuel quantity indizero.
cator reads
(12)
Place fuel
quantity
test
switch at TOTAL.
and Coaxial
Testing Fuel Tank Unit Capacitance Using MD-2A Tester

NOTE:
A tank unit
Cable
_Insulat;ion Resistance,
that appears defective may not actually be defective; Water in a fuel cell there may be a drop or water in the connector. leads may be test tank or of the the have unit, tip bridged may
faulty.
The insulation resistance test may be made with the wire and coaxial cable assemblies installed if disconnected from any system component.
CfiUTION:
AN OHMMETER DO NOT USE
(O TO 200 MEGOHMS) MCIST BE USED MCLUSNEZY IN CON DUCTLNG THE INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS IN FU~EL TANK INTERLORS.
500-VOLT MEGGER TESTER.
FAILURE TO OBSERVE POLARITY WHEN CONNECTING CABLE: TO POWER SOURCE WILL RESULT IN A SHOCK HAZPLRD, BLOWING A FUSE, OR OVERLOADING OF THF: 115-VOLT AC POWER SOURCE.
jul
28-40-3
Page 507
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
As
Rec,sivad By
8rpp
ADAPTER LUDS
t--------- "----------I
E
EA 52021-13
EA WOltlA
~CLEA 120111A
191N
t----- IZI"---------1
C.
EA 52021-4
U 12011-4
t~-----12IN.
EA 51021-4
EA 52025-13
4122421
IN. -1
TEET LEAD AND ADAPTER
~-------12
eA 610214
POWZIICABLEIRACKEJ,
I
4111~9)-TEET RfCfnACW (CAPACITANCE OR MEOOHMMmll
CAPACITANCE INDICATOR
(USED ONLY WHEN FVNCTDN
SELECTOR SWITCH IS AT
CACACITANCE UUF AND UNIT UNDER Ten ~S CONNECTED 10
610UND TERMINAL
(USED TO PREVENt
ACCIDENTAL ELECTRICAL SHOCK DURING 7ESrmG)
8kiJ;J~
:.r~
TEET RECEPTACLES
12310203 131\203
0 0
"A"
*ND
~i,fo
~o
~o
CAPACITANCE
IANOC
O
irr
o 000
00
103311 RKErT
mROONmIRRTRR RRMINAU
~*NamInn
POWCR
Pows
MEOONMMETER RANOR MHWHIMMmR INDICATOR
~6r"----------- A
UI1O1EIA
Cc------------ (U
~c-------- u
IN.
NOtf rh. prfix "EA" idntifi~ Liquidom(r part numbr~. Othre ar Minnclpoli,HonywII part~.
EA 51611-4
COmK701CAUOI
U 1130113
IOR UADI
IK)WER UIU
m~Ju,
r
MD-2A Fuel
28-40-3
Page $08
Quantity Capa~itance and Megohm FiQ~ure 28-40-505
Tester
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TO OBTAIN CORRECT
BEING
REPID~NG, DISCONNECT
ALL UNITS AND LEADS NOT
FROM UNIT UNDER TEST.
THE TESTER MIJ~S11 BE EARTH-GROUNDED DURING CALIBRATION AND TESTING CF COMPONENT.

FOR AIRPLANE
USE,
THE AIRPLANE AND TESTER M~ST BE
EARTH-GROUNDED AS WELL AS GROUNDED TO EACH OTHER.
NOTE:
When
measuring insulation leakage or an individual circuit unit, Between either terminal and following is to be used as a guide.
or
the
ground
between both terminals or
tank unit
or
the reference
con-
minimum reading should not be less than 500 megohms; between the coaxial and ground, the reading should not be less than
100
denser, the
megohms.
The MD-2CI fuel
quantity capacitance
and
and
505, 28-40-506,
units. The Mn-2A tester
28-40-507)
is used to
megohm tester (rigures 28-40test capacitance of tan~
requires 115
(f10)
volts
ac,
400
(f40)
cps,
and
When amperes of power. black clip to low side of power of power.

Allow
a
38-volt
connecting
(airframe)
power lead, always connect and red clip to high side
MD-2A tester is When the tester

table.
A.
minimum or 5 minutes of warm-up time for MD-2A to s~f;dcilize. stabilized, the megohmmeter range switch is
The indicator should positioned at CAL. capacitance range switch is set
should read "0"

is
(30)
if
micromicrofarads
".5 GAL" (+1/8 inch). "X10," the indicator (uuf). Calibration of MD-2A
read
at
required
tolerances must be
readings exceed tolerances given. added to capacitance values obtained
MD-2~ tester
from
Perform test
as
follows: tester ground terminal

and
(1)
Connect
ture.
test lead between
airplane
~truc-
(See figure ;28-40-507.)

from unit
Di;connect all other circuit unit;;

nect
being
or
tested
and
con-
applicable adapter lead
(figure 28-40-506
(3)
Measure
Then read value from capacitance or each tank unit. appropriate indicator on MD-~A. Capacitance values can be
obtained from the
following
table
of tank unit.
Jul
6/73
28-40-3
Page 509
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TAPiK UNIT
CAPACITANCE
(DRY
CAPACITANCE
MINIMUM
TANK TANK
UNIT NO.
TANK UNIT
PART NO.
AVERIIC;E
MAXIMUM
LH and RH
B347-2063
B347-2064 B347-206T
or
20. 08
010-003-001
LH and RH
2
or
20.33
27. 22
58 20.83
20.
21.
08
21.33
28. 22
27.49
LH and RH
27 72 2799
lg. 06 lg. 30
28.49
19. 56 lg. 80 32. 78
or
1
LH and RH
18. 56 18. 80 31. 78
B347-2066 or 010-003~004 EA772-2067

020-006~001
or
32.28
11. 20 11.20
32.28 32.78
70 11.70
11.
33.28
12. 20
LH and RH
12.20
LH and RH
3~772-2068
02010061002
or
6.91
2.13 25.00
741 7.41
2.63
25.50
791 791
3 13
LH and RH
EA818-S10~9
reference condenser
or
26.00
0~1-002-001 reference
2.53 25.50
3.03
353
26.00
26.50
condenser
Auxiliary fuselage
29. 66
30 16
teach circuit)
Tester
Adjusting
The
Fuel
&uantity Indicating _System, Using TF20-1

should be
following procedure
performed
on
each
indicating system.
The
back
tank units must be dry when the adjustment is being made; Make empty and full adjustments sure tanks are drained.
of
therefore,
make
on
(accessible
indicator) by sliding
care
taking
indicator out or panel or removing panel from frame, not to damage coaxial and wire leads. Disconnect; connectors
from indicator not
being adjusted.
28-40-3
Page 510
Mar
Iho
As 8ca~ivsd BSP
LEGEND
PF=PLUG-FEMALE PM=PLUG-MALE ~M=JACK--MALE
QRIGIBQd~L By
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DM=DAGE--MINIATURE
BNC=STANDARD ADAPTER
JF=JACK--FEMALE
DM
"B."
"J."
"A."
"E."
DM
OR
ADAP~ER
POLARITY -BNC TO
PF
JF
BNC
rrrrDM
arcr
EA 52028-4
EA 52018-4
~B,"
"J,"
"E.~ OR
"L"
POLARITY TEE
IOW-lhlPEDANCE OR
s~O
CONO~NSER
PM EA 52025-1A
TEST CABLE "E" OR 3426-1 (OR UG-491BiU) ADAPTER
PM
EA 52025-14
MD-2 TESTER
TEsrCABlE"B"
4112698 JM
EA 52015-14 PM
EA 52025-1*
~,o
TEST CABLE "H" BNC
ICOAXIAL)
PM EA 52028-14--1
(STD)
L--TEST CABLE "E" OR 3426-1
LTEST CABLE
"A"
LEA 52021-4
\LDM
DM
"F" OR "K" POLARITY-BNC TO
(COAXIAL)
(OR UG-4918iU) ADAPTER
ADAPTER
AND
,F"
OR
"K"
POLARITY TEE
:HIGH~MPEDANCE
TEST CABLE "C"

PM EA 52025-14
NOTE For odditionol adopter informotion, see "Fuel Pvonlity Indicating System Caaxial Cable Connectors and Tester Cable Adapter Kit" illurtration.
CABLE AND TEE ADAPTER PARTS LIST DESCRIPTION
MFR
PART NO, I
OUANTITY
CABLE ADAPTERS MATES BNC STANDARD PLUG--DM JACK "8" POLARITY
once
1-399-1
57271
I 1 1
1
1
"F" "K" "A"
5726-1 59631 57251 584~1

1
I I
I I
I I
1 1
MATES BNC STANDARD PLUG--DM JACK
"L"
POLARITY
I I
DAGE
DAGE
1 1
(OK
5972-1 3426 i
U~: IYIB UI
MATES DNC STANDARD IACK-BNC STANDARD JACK
TEE ADAPTERS
(JACKJACKPLVG)
DM TEE ADAPTER
"B" POLARITY
DAGE
1-332-1 1-9651
1 1
"F" "K" A
1-847-1
1968-11-333-1
1-846-1
POLARITY
(JACK-IACK-PLUG)
DM TEE ADAPTER
"L"
DAGE
5235-1
S?70?-48-)t
Figure
28-40-506
MD-2A Tester Cable and Adapter Assembly Schematic Fuel Quantity Indicating System
for Testing
28-40-03
0
Page 511 Sep 20/85
NA~-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
165-(10014 WIRE HAI~JEIS
L.
.AIAIA I --3--------~flFII1
X)- 1
IE CI CL
111 CUEL QUANtllY INMCAtOl

(~LOIS INlo*RO INSRUmENI PIML)
REFERENCE CONDENSLR
loW
IRIIREOAIJeE
lt,t CAILE
IESt CAILE t
HIOW IMIEDANCE
CARLE
MmDUIOI
20007
1000--\\
OYK#--W)(K)
~000
Rrrwr wntn
#IYC~OI TUINS
PtMRl COla(L.
cl 10005000 WT
uw
100~c1011 wt
111 HCIULI W*CR*NQ UmW CT Ct, tn~noc REmrto or cl *s REoUlRED.

C1
C3
W)-1100UUF
,ollauuF
s~or S~OP
~""-I
O
CoCI(
O
b~YI
locle
DIICONWECTED *nD GROUNDED wNeN PERFORMING~eMPtl" CNCCI
NOT CONNECTED WnlH PLRFORMING "EMPTI" tnECI
s?es-2-4~-lo*
Figure 28-40-507
Fuel
Quantity Indicating System and Test Setup (Sheet
1 of
2)
28-40-03
Page 512 Sep 20/86;
CQPYRIGHT, 1;985 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION
NA-69-420
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
265-810084 WIRE HARNESS

TO TEST SwlTCn
r
,1
x\
r-l i ~II
111( Iii,
,X
I
8473-2134 OR
8472-2210 TANK UNIT
I*f,l,,,,,,,,
NO 8
I
1
SI
I LER WING
I
1
811 HIEL QUANTITV INDKATOR

PLDT~S INIOI~D P*HEL1
ii
LlT
TANK UNIT
ICANT WING SrA 13 rwD)
Lifi
~I
I
I
I
i
~ICHT 19180
F
Ti?
8A7t2-2068 TANK UNIT

ICANT wlNC STA 13 Two)
,1
I
I
_
ill
No
7
ik~l
I-1
"1
I
I I
I
I
I
1
I
I
NO. 6 1=
1 NO
No 6
Ili~
i-I~----------C--C,
EAB 10-1069 TANK UNIT

NO
1 I
i I
I I
11
I I
d
I i
I I
I i
9
I I
h
I I
I I
L
I I
3
I I
m
2;
2
/--e rO..FUEL
3
1
OTY..
LAII 8-2069 TANK UNIT

PINLLJ
84772-2067 5) TANK UNIT

(CAN7 WING sTA lei
(CnNT
STC. 13
WING
AFT)
ollb
TFST SwlTCH 13
(3N
(CANT WING 51* 13 ~rT)
84772-2047 TINY UNIT

(CANT WING STA 281
HO~
RELAY CONTROL UNIT

IINTLRNnl WIRING OF THIS UNIT iS SHOWN ON "FUCL OUnNTlTr INDICATING SrSTEM SCHEMAT~C
ILLUSTRATION
COAXIAL CABLE AND CONNECTOR LKiEND
8347-2066
no
TINY UNIT
:C*NT WING STA l2,
cool 1
I
Dirt
rIlt No. 1-719-1
KXIYlTr 1
A
IY~DINCE
LOW
nIsCIIPIK)N
8242-2066
TANK UNIT
NO
I I
SP*l FITTING CA)LE iAC1(
(CANT W1NC
ST* 131
1 j
1-73~1
Sl)5-1 1-7Pbl
1-797-1
1 1
I
I F
(PEFERENCE
HIGH LOW
AI
NO
3)
83$1-1065 TANK UNIT

IWING STA
I
a
RELAI CONTROL UNIT LEGEND

LIND LOW
L AUX LOW 9 R AUX HIGH
I r
1
F
IRfFERENCE_I
I
HIGH
LOW
OGH E
I
~UL*Hf*D FLED THRU J*CI.
6
t
T
1
1-~99-1
sul-t0~l
TANK UNIT
(WING ST* 87 73)
II
)I
NO
8173)
1-PJ7-i
b h
R IND HIGH
9
I WING IOW
I-PSa-l
1
A
a~FFaENCE
iOw
R WING HIGH
r~0 I
I
12
1-373.1
NO
8347-2064 1) TANK UNIT

(WING STA 1391
1
I
1
LWInGHIGH
I IND HIGH
I
1
IINDLOW
II WING
I
I
1
Lllll-630-I I
1-718-1
1-719-1 14 Ir 16
8242-2064
HIGH iOW ;WICH
LOW
1 1 1
I
I
TANK UN11
(WINC STI InI
(NO
E
1(
I AUX HIGH
AUX LOW
1 1
3137-1
1-938-1
1
I I
REF
LOW
PLUG
1-9)9-1
8347-2063
No
17
6211-1
1
A
REF
B342-lDd3
I) TANK UNIT
IWINC STA
I
1
18
19
5196-1
6219-1
LOW
LOW RLF
1 I
I I
I
I
TANK UNIT
(WING STA 1071
jNO
107)
20
621%-1
s265-?.qe-29n
Figure 28-40-501
Fuel
Quantity Indicating System and Test Setup (Sheet
2 of
2)
28-40-03
0
Page 513/514 Blank Sep 20/85
SA
R ~:LI N E
MANUAL
MAINTENANCE
NOTE:
A.
See
figure 28-40-2
for fuel
quantity
test
switch se:ection;.
Empty Adjustment
(1)
Deruel
airplane.
external po~rer to
(2)
Connect 28-volt de
airplane,
and
push in the
following
circuit breakers: CONTROL

FWiR TRIP
NO. 2 se
"I~\1VERTERS
g
I~JST"
"IT~ISVERTERS
~$0.
2"
"FUEL &TY "FUEL ~TY
LK1
RH"
"FUEL WILF~;TTPTC;
Place
"INVSRTER" switch at NO. indicating system to stabilize
2.
Allow 2 minutes
for
r7uel
quantity
test
switch at
making adjustments center TOTAL position.

before
~itd
auentlty
fuel
(3)
Turn
"E" adjustment
zero.
cator reads
move
pointer
to
off
returns
zero.
ton back of Fuei qua.ntity indicator) until indiMomentarily actuate fuel quantity test switch to set position and check repeatability when pointer Look directly into indicator to avoid error due to
to
paralla,u.
(4)
Connect
TF20-1 test set
set
115-volt
ac
400-cycle
taken
Ground test Allow
(to ail-plane,
5 m;-nutes for test set
if power is to warm up.
power source. from this ource~:
(5)
Disconnect
store connection
REairplane wire harness from IZlel quantity indicator. by installin~ test wire harness 265-3100~4, part
of adapter kit 265-810081, bet-~een luel qu~ntity indicator and airplane wire harness.
NOTE:
Assemble
tester wire harness
and
cable adapters
as
shown
In
figure 28-L~,504.
e
lor in
empty calibration,
fi~ure
the
cable hookup
should be
as
shown
28-40-509,
detail A.
to
Figures
numbers
in in
parentheses refer figure 28-40-508.
control
identification
(6)
Place
CHECK" switch (1) at CAP, "RPLL~CE SELECTOR" switch SELECTOR" switch (3) at TEST. Loosen c "FT_T~TCTIOTJ (2) X3, i~uel !i~i" until knob "PF,CBE and rotate (5) 25-250 qLiantity (4) clamp indicator in airplane reads zero.
"CAI"
RES
at
and
Mar
1/10
~8-40-3
Page 515
SABR E:LI~E Pi
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(7)
Place
"FUNCTLON SELECTOR" switch (3) INDICATOR" should read 151.16 (c3.5,

were
at
PROBE
SET.
The
"CAPACITAPJCE
that
was
-2.0),
units
properly
connected when the
indicating empty adjustment
the tank
made.
(8)
Place
"FUNCTION SELECTOR" switch (3) at PXOBE SET and rotate "PROBE 25-250 MMF" knob (5) until "CAPACITANCE INDICATOR" reads 5770 uuf uuf. (T770 x 3 equals 173.10 uuf). Tolerance is
(9)
Place
SELECTOR" switch (3) at TEST. The fuel quantity in(+20) pounds. With "PROBE 25-250 knob, The decrease tester value until fuel level caution light comes on. fuel quantity indicator should read 307 (+20) pounds.
dicator
should read 500
B.
Full Adjustment
(1) (2)
Connect TF20-1 tester
as
shown
in
figure
28-40-509,
detail B.
"FU~SCTION SELECTOR" switch (3) at PROBE SET. Rotate "PROBE 25-250 MMF" knob (5) until "CAP_4ClrKNCE 7IC;IDfCATOR" reads 58.86 uuf (58.86 x 3 equals 176.58 uuf). Place ~FUNCTION SELECTOR" switch (3) at COMP SET and "IIP~TGE SELECTOR" switch (2) at X1; then loosen clamp IXrDI(6) and adjust "COMP 25-250 MMF" knob (7) until CBTOR" reads 31.13 uuf. Locli clamp (c;). Return "RANGE SELECTOR" SELECTOR" switch (3) at TEST. Place switch (2) to X3.
Place
Fuel fuel
quantity quantity
avoid
indicator
should
indicator full
due
indicate approx-imately FULL. Adjust adjustment until indicator pointer

on
coincides with last scale mark

tor to
error
dial.
Look directly into
indica-
to
parallax.
"A"
as
(3) (4)
Disconnect and ground reference condenser lead at point in figure 28-40-509, detail. B.
Place
switch
shown
XEI~:CTOR" switch
(3)
at TEST
and
SELECTOR"
(2)
at
knob until
;(3; then loosen clamp (6) a.nd rotate "CO~ITP 25-250 i~/F" fuel quantity indicator pointer is on last scale mark.
The
the
Place
"FITP~TCTION SELECTOR" switch
switch at X1.
(3) at CO~,TP SET and "RANCE SELECTOR" I~TDICATOR" should r,Pad. 56.3 (-+~.oo)
condenser
was
was
uuf,
indicating that
reierence
properly connected
in the
circuit when the

tester
ruZ1 adjustment
and
made.
(5)
Disconnect
ence
leads,
The f~el
unground
and reconnect
airplane
refer-
condenser,
quantit?J
indicator should read zero.
Re-
peat entire adjustment proce~zire if "E" setting is incorrect,
(6)
Safety "E"
dicator in The
tem
a.nd
"F" adjustment
covers
with lockwire and install in-
panel. following adjustments

coaxial leads
are
NOTE:
are
to be made
after
all
the
sys-
reconnected.
28-40-3
Page 516
Mar
1/70
ORIQIWnk As Rec~la,od By
A~s-P
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TEST LEADS
721N.
"T" ADAPTERS
412266H* (PLU% INTO TEST RECEPTACLE "A".)
412267T*
LC93-03
IEA-5203Ri
UNSHIELDED CABLE
72 IN.
LIPUIDOMETER
4122668*
(PLUC INTO TEST RECEPTACLE "B".)
B
412267L
COAXIAL CABLE
72 IN.
UG-274A V (LC-)2-O3)$
r
412266M
(PLUG:NTO TEST
RECEPTACLE
412267EK
En-52035 LIPUIOOMETER
"C".)
UNSHIELDED CABLE
CIPICIT~INCE INOICITLIR
GRO
mrm UNIT
YEbOR*YrTLR
Q
-e
so
c-cno scno
xr RL6
CIP-REStHEEI
x,
rlo
noJ
OIT
.*mE SELECTM1
-B
,,,,_I
rurrlOH SELECTOR
RES
RINGEX:O~OECTOR
(C
IND
UIISH
MODEL TF-20 TEST SET FRONT PANEL
r"-----5
4
cauP
TEST ADAPTERS
~-_12 IN.
4122698
COAXIAL CABLE
_,~
605 t BLACK BARREL TERMINAL NO. lj

N.
C~--F----I
4122698*
UNSHIELDED CABLE
U
605 t
i
RED BARREL TERMINAL NO. 5 UG-88 V
412269F*
COAXIAL CABLE
121N
EA5202R-ZA
LIPUIDOMETER
4122698*
UNSHIELDED CABLE UG-88 U
412269J*
IINSHIELDED CABLE
12
412269J* VNSHIELDED CABLE
3122678M*
MINNEAPOLIS-nONEYWELL
)iiO-)f8-I.?
MIILLER ELECTRIC CO
TF~O-1 Fuel
Mar
Quantity Variable-capacitance
PiFurt!
Teeter
lj70
~0-)1-0-50n
~8-40-3
Page 511
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DISCONNECT
AND GRD 265-810084 WIRE HARNESS
O
FUEL QUANTITY
AIAI
IA
FI
F
L~I
IF
AIRPLANE WIREHARNESS
INDICATOR
(TYPICAL)
I E~-----(
COAX
VNSH
O
COME
TF20-1 TESTER DETAIL
265-810084 WIRE HARNESS
L~--(AI
FUEL PVANTITY INDICATOR (TYPICAL)
JA
FI
F
L
IF
AIRPLANE WIRE HARNESS
IEC----l
~---------lel
BI
CI
POINT A
(ADAPTER
DISCONNECTED
AND GROUNDED
*5 REPUIRED)
COAX
UNSH
COME
TFZO-I TESTER
DETAIL
5370-1-~8-38
TF20-1 Tester Cable and
Adapter Assembly
Schematic
Mar
28-40-3
Page 518
Figure
28-40-509
1/70
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
(7)
Place
fuel quantity test switch at RH IND, RK WING, LH IND, and AUX and remove "L WING" and "R AUX" adjustment cap covers from relay
control unit.
(8)
Turn reads
and turn
"L WING" adjustment until fuel quantity indicator reads zero; "R AUX" adjustment until right fuel quantity indicator
zero.
(9) (10)
4.
Install adjustment cap

Place
fuel
covers
on
relay
control unit.
quantity
test
switch at TOTAL.
Testing
Tank Unit Probe
Capacitance, Using
TF20-1 Tester
or
The TF20-L tester

total
can.
be used to
or
probe capacitance
To
check capacitance of individual probes, segments thereof.

do not
NOTE:
accomplish these tests, quantity indicating system.
have power
applied
to the
fuel
A tank unit
that appears defective may not actually be defective; there may be a drop of water in the connector. Water in a fuel cell may have bridged the tip or the tank unit, or test leads may be
faulty.
Figures in parentheses
figure 28-40-508.
CAUTION:
THF: refer to
control identification number in
TESTER M~ST BE EARTH-GROUNDED DURING CALIBE~TION AND TESTING

FOR AIRPLANE
OF COMPONENTS.
USE,
TKE AIRPLANE AND TESTING MITXT BE
EARTH-GROUNDED AX WELL AS GROUNDED TO EACH OTHER.

A. Check Individual Probes
(1)
(2)
Connect
lead to Place
coaxial
lead to
"TANK UNIT" terminal "A" and the unshielded
terminal
RES at
"B." CHECK" switch

and
"CAP
(1)
at
CAP,
"FLTNC1TION SELECTOR"
switch
(3)
UNSH,
"RANGE SELECTOR" switch

on
(2)
at X1.
(3)
Read
capacitance directly
as
"CAPACITANCE INDICATOR."
The
reading
should be
shown in the following table of tank unit capacitance
(dr;y values)~
Mar
1/70
28-40-3
Page 519
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TANK UNIT CAPACITANCE
(DR1E VALUES)
CAPACIT~NCE
MI1IJIMUM
AVERAGE
T~K
TANK
TfLPJK UNlT
PART NO.
UNIT NO.
1
MAXIMUM
LH and RH
B347-2063
B31c7-2064 B31c7-2065
or
010-003-001
L;H and RH
or
20.08 20.33
27.22
~0.58 20.83
27.72 2799
21.08 21.33
28.22
010-003-002
LH and RH
27.49
1_8.56
18.80
28.49
or
19.06
~930
010-003-003
LH and RH
19.56 19.80
3=!.78 33.28
12.20
B347-2066
EA772-2067
or
010-003-004
131 and RH
3178 32.28
11.20 11.20
32.28 32.78
11.70 11,70 ~1.70
or or
020-006-001
12.20
12.20
020-006-003
LH and RH
L1~20
or
or
EA772-2068
020-006-002 020-006-004
6.91 6.91 6.91

2.13 25.00
741. 7.41 7.41
791 791 791
LH and RH
EA818- 2069
reference
2.63
25.50
3.13 26.00
condenser
or
021-002-001
condenser
or
-002 reference
2.53 25.50
3.03 26.00
3.53
26.To 30.15
,4u~iliary
034-001- 002
~ig.16
Fuselage
teach circuit)
28-40-3
Fage 520
Oct
3/77
SABRELINER
MAINTENANCE
B.
MANUAL
Checking
Total
Capacitance
terminal
(1) (2) (3)
Connect
cable
coaxial cable to "TANK UNIT"
"A,"
to
unshielded
to terminal
"B,"
and
compensator cable
terminal "C."
Disconnect
Place
fuel quantity indicator,

RES
switch
CHECK" switch (1) at CAP, "FUNCTION SELECTOR" and "RANGE SELECTOR" switch (2) at X3. "CAPACITANCE INDLCATOR" should read 50.34 uuf (50.34 x 3 equals
"CAP
(3)
at
UNSR,
151.02
C.
uiur).
Tolerance is
~3.T,
-20 uuf.
Checking Capacitance
of
Compensator
terminal
to
(Ij
(2)
Connect
to
coaxial cable to "TANK UT~TIIII"
"A,"
unshielded
cable
terminal
"B,"
and
compensator cable
switch
terminal
"C."
Ilace switch
"CAP
RES CHECK"
at
(1)
at
C~L",
SELECIIOR"
(3)
COMP,
and
"RATJGE SELECTOR" switch

read from
i2)
at X1.
"CI~ACITTANCE II~DICATOR" should

nrOTE:
25.50 uuf to 26.50 uuf.
Any se~n!ent may be checked for capacitance by following the procedure in steps (1) and (2) of paragraph A. However, if the total capacitance of the segment is more than 100 uuf, The the "RAIVGE SELECTOR" switch should be placed at X3. indicated value is then multiplied by 3.
Testing Probe _and Insula_tion Resistance, Using TF20-Lllester

NOTE:
Calibrate
at
zero
and
midscale.
Test
set
should
be
connected, refer
as
in step
(1)
of
paragraph
3.
B.
Figures in parentheses figure 28-40-508.
to
control
identification numbers in
A.
~ileasurSng Resistance Between ~TANK UNTI~"
Terminals
"A" and
"B"
(1)
Place
"CAP
switch
RES
CHECK" switch
at
U~SH. to rnFd-3caLe
(1)
or
or
TOR"
(3)
Adjust
at A-C A-B and "FUMCTIOI~ SELEC"RP~NGE SEI;ECTOR" switch (8) to
indicate ~OTE:
closest
~hen
insulation
leakaPe
the
an
individual
unit
circuit
is
following is to be used as a e,ruide. being measured, Between either tern:i,nal and grour.cl or between both ter!ninals of a tank unit or the reference csudenser, the minimum readrl?e readin~ should ing should be riot less than 500 rnegohms. be not less than 100 megohms between the csaxial cable connector and ground.
Mar
1/70
28-40-3
Page 521
SAB RE LINER
MAINTENANCE
B.
MANUAL
Measuring
Resistance Between
"TANK UNIT" Terminals "A" and "C"

switch
(1)
Place
SELECTOR" switch
at A-C A-B and "FUNCTION SELECTOR" switch (8) to "RANGE Adjust indicate closest to mid-scale of "MEGOHMMETER.L 1IRefer to NOTE
"CAP
RES CHECK"
at
(1)
COMP.
following step
C.
(1)
of
paragraph
A,]
Measuring Resistance Between "TANK UNIT" Terminal "A" and Ground
(1)
Place switch
"CAP
RES CHECK"
switch
(1)
at A-GRD and
"FUNCTION SE~LECTOR"
(3)at
or
COMP.
closest to mid-scale
Adjust "RANGE SELECTOR" switch (8) to indicate of "MEGOHMMETW." ~efer to NOTE following
step
D.
(1)
paragraph
A.]
Measuring Resistance Between "TANK UNrm" Terminal "B" and Ground
(1)
Place
"CAP
RES CHECK switch
(1)
at C-GRD B-GRD and F~TNCTION
SELECTOR" switch
to indicate
(3)
of
at
UNSH,
Adjust "RANGE SELECTOR"

"MEGOHMMETER."
switch
(8)
closest to mid-scale of
Refer to NOTE
following step 6.
circuit Polarization
The coaxial cable
(1)
paragraph A.
assembly
connectors
have been chosen is
so
that
it
is
the
impos-
sible to misconnect the cable assemblies at the tank units and at interconnect
connector
points in the airplane. Following polarities and their applications.
list
of the Dage
POLAR~Y
All
bPPL~CATION
tank unit high-impedance leads except "K" polarity applications
listed
;?8-40-3
Page 522
Mar
1/70
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE
POLARITY
MANUAL
APPLICATION All tank unit low-impedance leads
"A"
except "E" polarity applications

listed
"B"
All reference condenser leads except "J" polarity applications listed
"K"
Auxiliary
leads to indicator and
high-impedance passengers compartment seal junction in right system only

tank unit unit
"E"
Auxiliary tank
compastment system only
leads to indicator and

seal
low-impedance passengers junction in right
"J"
Airplane
between
reference
condenser lead
passengers compartment
seal and indicator in right system
only
"B"
Left wing system low-impedance lead at relay control unit (figure
28 -40 -2) "J"
Auxiliary tank high-impedance

trol unit
unit
lead at
right system relay con-
(figure 28-40-2)
"L"
Auxiliary tank unit right system low-impedance lead at relay control unit
(rigure 28-40-2)
a.
resting Fuel Level Caution System

A.
Perform test
as
follows:
(1)
(2)
supply
to
airplane.
Check that "FCTEL WARNING
IEVEL" circuit breaker is open.

the circuit
NOTE: This procedure checks out the caution light bulbs,

caution
system wiring from
the
indicators,
and the
breaker.
(3)
Remove plug from left and right fuel
quantity indicator.
(4)
Connect
jumper
wire
across
pins "J" and "g" or plug removed from
left indicator.
Mar
1/70
98,40-3
Page 523
SABRE LINER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) (6)
Close
come
"FUEL W~RNING
on.
LENEL" circuit breaker.
Caution
light
should
Open circuit breaker.

and
Repeat steps (4)
(5)
for
right
fuel
quantity
indicator.
28-40-3
PaRe 524
Mar
1/70
S~ B R E LI N E3 R
MAINTENANCE
i.
MANUAL
&uantity Indicating Sy~tem Shec~-out Procedure

A.
Special tools and/or equipment needed ting system are as fo;lows:
to
crLeck the
fuel
quantity indica-
(1)
Multimeter
indicator
(similar to ~Iodei 260, Slmpson Electric Co) (Ty~e TTU-58/E, General Radio Co) or
gage
Test
set,
Tester,
liyuid quantity
(T~e MD-1,
General Radro
(3)
Tester,
liquid quantity system (T~pe ~ID-2A, Consolidated.
Systems)
(4)
(5)
9.
Ohmmeter
CaSle
(O
to
200
lilt
megohms) (~55-Q10081)
of luel
-zdapter
Perform
operational check-out
quantity indicatrng system
as
follows:
(?L) (2)
Ccn-cLect ~5-30L-1
:~C
ir~iertei
~wit:h
3.t ~iO
Push
in
~TY
circuit
j:i,"
"FTJEL ~Y
RH,"
.nci
!~L
LETJ~L"
(See
fi~ure
(3)
i-ll:ow
about,
cf
alnu~es fuel
fgr
51nit s:sitch
at
to
varm
up
sn~
o~
2ldD1LZZe. e.-:
1L,
"lace
~el quantity
tejt
:rOTAL.
rositl
_or,e
position
Indicator
soint~rs.
Dositions.
(ic)
LOlsCe
fuel
quantity
fuel
the
tes~
cwifch aS, indicator
TEST.
(Se~
fi~-ie
28-43-~.)
The
coulter-
left
will
and right With
indicator ~1
zero
pointers
test
shoul.d rota;e
i~dicator
is at
clock~jise.
installed,
T;lr,e
stop jeiow the

fuel
position Irl?en the

switch 50 ~OTAL.
switch
T~ST.
(5)
Recurn
quanti~y
~o
test
The
indicator
~n
pointe~s
should
re~urn
their
former
~osltions
~R
(recor~ed
ZiH
ste~
3).
(6)
Place
and
fuel
cluantity
fuel
test
switch a-t
check left
and
quantity
indicator
quantity
right
indicator for
WINS, LH T1~, iiTJ:i ai~ui;ia.ry tank fuP1 right ~iiing te.nk fuel quantity.
for
Then return fuel yuantity test

2.
switch to
TOTAL.
r?-~ei
A.
System Check-out Checking ~uel

Pressure
Procedure
Switches fuel
jl)
~Iake Start
3-llr~
there
is
enough
in
wings ior
an
engine-run oper~sioc.
right-hand engine,
(Sc,t
3/77
OWil64NBk As Rscived BY ATP L..
38-Li0-4 Page OOL
MAIN~fENANCE
MANUAL.
this check.
(3)
Maintain RH ~"UEL" caution
engine
at
idle
during
circuit breaker.
Check whether
nisengage "BOOST PUMP "RH r~ZTEL PRESS LOW"
light,
fuel pressure pressure is 5
switch is
caution-warning Light panel, comes on, indicating operating properly when %oost pump r"uel (41) psi or less.
on
(4)
PUMP-RH m~El;" circuit breaker. ?nne "F,:i p,p~SS LOW" caution light should go out, indicating fuel pressure switch is operating properllr when ooost p~mp prpssure is more -chan 5 (-C-l) psi. NOTE:
When the
Engage "BOOST
engine
is
run~ing,
"RH Ii7JEL
LOW" caution light
and steps (2) and (3) are complied with, the fuel pressure aifferential swi~Ch monitoring the engine-dri?ien fuel
isout,
pump is
operating properly.
A3
(5)
engine revolutions deCTPaSe, check comes on, indicatinz~ tha+Y fuel pressure differer,tial switch monitoring engine-dririen rueL pump pressure, is operating properly when differential pressure is less than psi
Shut
down
right-hand engine.
that
trRii F[JEL PRESS LOW" caution light
Check "LSI ~LIEL PT~ESS LOW"

as
Ilght, using tSe same however, check that "BOOST PUMP-LM FLTEL" instead of "BOOST PUI~ -RR ~ZTli:L" circuit breaker is c~isengaged
caution in
steps
(1) through (4);

in
and
re-engaged
steps
(3)
and
As
Received BY
B
~8-40-4 Page ~02
P/Iar
1/70

Amm 28 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amm 28 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHAPTER

Description and Operation

Description and Operation

401 403 403

407 413 413 413 601 604 610

COPYRIGHT, 1989 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

Description and Operation

401 401 404 404

Description and Operation

Description and Operation Fuel Indicating System

401 401 402 403 404

COPYRIGHT, 1989 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

COPYRIGHT, 1989 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

Page 3/4 Blank Jun 12/89

28-00-1A 28-00-2 28-00-2A

Fuel Fuel Fuel Fuel

Supply Supply Supply Supply

28-10-801 28-10-802 28-10-80:3 28-20-401 28-20-402 28-20-40:3

S/N 380-1 and Subs

28-21-401 28-21-402 28-21-40:3 28-21-404

Installing Installing Installing Installing

405 406 607

Critical Line Connections Fuel Jettison Fuel Jettison Fuel Jettison

System Component I,ocations System Schematic System Electrical Schematic

28-40-501 28-40-502 28-40-50:3

COPYRIGHT, 1989 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

Title MD-2A Fuel Quantity

COPYRIGHT, 1986 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

System Components and Locations

Capacitance (Dry Values) Capacitance (Dry Values)

CHAPTER 28 FUEL LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Date Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Nov 12/93 Nov 12/93

808 809 810 28-20-00

Aug 1/86 Aug 1/86

5 6 28-00-01 601 602 603 604

Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85

1/70 1/70 1/70 1/70 Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70

405 406 407

101 102 301 302 303 304 305

Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70 Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct

3/77 3/77 3/77 3/77 3/77

Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun Jun

12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89 12/89

402 403 404

603 604 604A 605 606 607 608 609

The asterisk indicates pages revised,

deleted by the current revision.

t 996 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

LIST OF EFFECTI[VE PAGES

Mar 1/10 Mar U70

bug 1/86 Aug 1/86

Mar 1/70 Mar 1/70

Jul 6/73 Mar 470

Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85 Sep 20/85

601 602 603 604

Oct 3/77 Mar 1/70

.The asterisk indicates pages revised, added,

deleted by the current revision.

COPYRIGHT, 1992 BY SABRELINER CORPORATION

fuel system consists

integral aLng fuel tan:rs,

TO SINGLE POINT (IE~VELING LEVEL CONTI(OL PILOT ND VENT VLVF.-."-